<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/skins/common/feed.css?303"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dstrubbe</id>
		<title>MITNA - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dstrubbe"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Special:Contributions/Dstrubbe"/>
		<updated>2026-04-27T00:25:35Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.22.1</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Radio_Channels_in_Boston_Harbor</id>
		<title>Radio Channels in Boston Harbor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Radio_Channels_in_Boston_Harbor"/>
				<updated>2016-05-05T19:05:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* '''Boston Waterboat Marina''' - VHF 12 or call 617.523.1027&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbor Sailing Club Launch''' (Rowes Wharf) - Call launch on VHF 10 or 1 blast of an air horn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Charles River Dam''' - Hail on VHF 16 or call 617-727-0488 or 2 long and 2 short blasts on your horn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Craigie Draw Bridge''' (Science Museum Bridge) - Call 617-523-1794 or VHF 16 for an opening (or signal 1 long and 1 short blast).  Note: bridge is closed 06:45 - 09:30 and  15:15 - 18:30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Amelia Earhart Dam''' (Mystic River) hail on VHF 16 or call 617-666-3337.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''McArdle Bridge''' (Chelsea River) - VHF 13 or call 617-884-9543.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Chelsea Street Bridge''' (further up Chelsea River) - VHF 13 or call 617-567-9497 for an opening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbor Shipyard &amp;amp; Marina''' - VHF 9 617-561-1400 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbormaster''' - (617-343-4721) or VHF 9 or 16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Spectacle Island Marina''' - VHF 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Automatic Radio Check''' - For Boston Harbor, use VHF 27 (Winthrop), from [http://www.seatow.com/tools-and-education/automated-radio-check Sea Tow].&lt;br /&gt;
Farther afield: VHF 25 (Gloucester), VHF 26 (Newburyport), VHF 26 (Plymouth), VHF 28 (Falmouth), VHF 27 (Kittery, ME), VHF 27 (Portland, ME)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Radio_Channels_in_Boston_Harbor</id>
		<title>Radio Channels in Boston Harbor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Radio_Channels_in_Boston_Harbor"/>
				<updated>2016-05-05T18:56:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* '''Boston Waterboat Marina''' - VHF 12 or call 617.523.1027&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbor Sailing Club Launch''' (Rowes Wharf) - Call launch on VHF 10 or 1 blast of an air horn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Charles River Dam''' - Hail on VHF 16 or call 617-727-0488 or 2 long and 2 short blasts on your horn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Craigie Draw Bridge''' (Science Museum Bridge) - Call 617-523-1794 or VHF 16 for an opening (or signal 1 long and 1 short blast).  Note: bridge is closed 06:45 - 09:30 and  15:15 - 18:30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Amelia Earhart Dam''' (Mystic River) hail on VHF 16 or call 617-666-3337.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''McArdle Bridge''' (Chelsea River) - VHF 13 or call 617-884-9543.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Chelsea Street Bridge''' (further up Chelsea River) - VHF 13 or call 617-567-9497 for an opening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbor Shipyard &amp;amp; Marina''' - VHF 9 617-561-1400 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbormaster''' - (617-343-4721) or VHF 9 or 16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Spectacle Island Marina''' - VHF 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Automatic Radio Check''' - VHF 27 (Winthrop), VHF 25 (Gloucester), VHF 26 (Newburyport), VHF 26 (Plymouth), VHF 28 (Falmouth), VHF 27 (Kittery, ME), VHF 27 (Portland, ME) from [http://www.seatow.com/tools-and-education/automated-radio-check Sea Tow]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2016-05-05T18:54:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Contact and Emergency Info */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create an event on the website for the trip. Six people per boat is a practical maximum for comfortable sailing all day in the Lynx for a harbor trip. Three is a reasonable minimum: you can certainly sail with two but the process of putting the mast up and down will be very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lowering the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx cannot fit under the bridges with the mast up (as has been depicted in a [[Lynx cartoon | Tech cartoon]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, install the mast crutch.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand-bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27; agree on working channel such as 72 with all skippers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you pass a duckboat, the driver may lead the passengers in yelling &amp;quot;Quack!&amp;quot; at you. The correct response, of course, is &amp;quot;Meow!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://home.comcast.net/~bostondavid/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information on changes or temporary issues of navigation significance are in the Coast Guard's [http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/?pageName=lnmDistrict&amp;amp;region=1 Notices to Mariners].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These websites no longer exist. If they can be re-located, they certainly sound useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the inboard fuel tank of the motor, Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
See also [[Radio Channels in Boston Harbor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2016-05-03T16:37:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grape Island ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborbeacon.com/2013/11/12/grape-island-and-slate-island/&lt;br /&gt;
* https://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-grap.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!grape-island/ca7v&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grape_Island_(Massachusetts)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bumpkin Island ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborbeacon.com/2013/05/25/bumpkin-island/&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!bumpkin-island/c1u6u&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-bump.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bumpkin_Island&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Off-season camping permits ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Denise Sarno-Bucca&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands Regional Coordinator&lt;br /&gt;
Department of Conservation and Recreation&lt;br /&gt;
30 Shipyard Drive&lt;br /&gt;
Hingham, MA 02143&lt;br /&gt;
Tel 781-740-1605 x 207&lt;br /&gt;
Fax 781-740-1158&lt;br /&gt;
denise.sarno-bucca@state.ma.us&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*         # of sites requesting&lt;br /&gt;
*         # of people in your party&lt;br /&gt;
*         Your transportation to the island&lt;br /&gt;
*         “Day of”  Contact name and number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. The bottom is sand and mud, good for holding; the anchorage is quite protected from wind-driven waves by the islands, though it is exposed to wakes from the nearby Narrows. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/noaatidepredictions/NOAATidesFacade.jsp?Stationid=8444162 tide height station]. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the [http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230 Boston Harbor marine forecast] periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet or small saw could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a rocky designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* May 2016, Grape Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lovells_Island&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2016-05-01T23:25:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Where to Camp */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grape Island ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborbeacon.com/2013/11/12/grape-island-and-slate-island/&lt;br /&gt;
* https://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-grap.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!grape-island/ca7v&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grape_Island_(Massachusetts)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bumpkin Island ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborbeacon.com/2013/05/25/bumpkin-island/&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!bumpkin-island/c1u6u&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-bump.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bumpkin_Island&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. The bottom is sand and mud, good for holding; the anchorage is quite protected from wind-driven waves by the islands, though it is exposed to wakes from the nearby Narrows. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/noaatidepredictions/NOAATidesFacade.jsp?Stationid=8444162 tide height station]. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the [http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230 Boston Harbor marine forecast] periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet or small saw could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a rocky designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lovells_Island&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2016-05-01T23:05:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Where to Camp */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grape Island ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborbeacon.com/2013/11/12/grape-island-and-slate-island/&lt;br /&gt;
* https://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-grap.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!grape-island/ca7v&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bumpkin Island ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborbeacon.com/2013/05/25/bumpkin-island/&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!bumpkin-island/c1u6u&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-bump.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. The bottom is sand and mud, good for holding; the anchorage is quite protected from wind-driven waves by the islands, though it is exposed to wakes from the nearby Narrows. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/noaatidepredictions/NOAATidesFacade.jsp?Stationid=8444162 tide height station]. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the [http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230 Boston Harbor marine forecast] periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet or small saw could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a rocky designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lovells_Island&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Foiling_Moth</id>
		<title>Foiling Moth</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Foiling_Moth"/>
				<updated>2016-04-29T16:04:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Requirements to Sail */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Moth.png|frame|The Foiling Moth appears to fly when the hull is out of the water.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MIT Sailing Pavilion has a '''Foiling Moth''' that uses wing-like foils to lift the hull out of the water.  This 11 foot, 65 pound dinghy &amp;quot;flies&amp;quot; above the water is only sailed by the most advanced sailors.  Learning to sail the moth means spending a lot of time swimming since the boat does not stay upright in the water on its own.  The boat is very fragile if used improperly and may result in injury if the sailor is not alert.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements to Sail==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Must have full membership (Normal Sailing Card)&lt;br /&gt;
*Must have Helmsman rating&lt;br /&gt;
*Must have permission from Sailing Master Fran Charles or Varsity Sailing Coach Matt Lindblad&lt;br /&gt;
*''Must have rating assigned by Fran Charles, Matt Lindblad, Mike Kalin, or Stew Craig''&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Moth: Basic'''&lt;br /&gt;
***Buddy system: Must sail with moth-qualified buddy that is also motorboat capable&lt;br /&gt;
***Recommendation - on breezier days, 3 people buddy systems are more ideal&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Moth: Advanced'''&lt;br /&gt;
***May choose to sail moth without chase boat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety For You (&amp;amp; The Boat)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Don’t hang on to the tiller extension if you lose control or crash - it snaps over the wing easily.&lt;br /&gt;
*Do hold on the main sheet in a crash, if reasonable - the boat can easily sail 100 feet on its own (sometimes still foiling).&lt;br /&gt;
*Think of an exit strategy for any potential crash (especially if it’s windy).  Try to get yourself clear of the boat so that you don’t hurt yourself or the boat.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Don’t step on the hull, except the chine (corner). &lt;br /&gt;
*Do step on the centerboard (right next to the hull) to right the boat after a capsize - it’s much stronger than the hull.&lt;br /&gt;
*Watch out for the trailing (back edges) of the foils, and the ends - they are sharp.&lt;br /&gt;
*Watch out for the wand if swimming around the bow - it’s difficult to see in the water, pretty long, and very fragile.&lt;br /&gt;
*Watch out for falling off the wing through the sail (it has torn before), try to let yourself down carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
*Be extra mindful of traffic - that can be the scariest part when you’re first getting up. Purposefully crashing to windward and using your body to slow down can be an effective stopping method sometimes. &lt;br /&gt;
*Be extra mindful of being smooth with the tiller, especially as you move your body around the boat.   Since the boat goes so fast and the rudder is long, the rudder cassette and pin get very loaded up when there are erratic rudder movements.  These sort of movements also can make you crash…  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rigging the Foiling Moth==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rough sequence:&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the line going across the back from wingbar to wingbar is very tight.  This keeps load off of the wingbar joints.&lt;br /&gt;
*Rig up sail (CST mast with red KA10, Mach2 mast with blue KA16)&lt;br /&gt;
**Check that the battens are snug (use a metric allen key from shop to adjust tensioners)&lt;br /&gt;
**put together mast, slide into luff pocket, put on cambers&lt;br /&gt;
*move sail on top of boat, attach spreaders/shrouds&lt;br /&gt;
**Make sure the shrouds and forestay are properly seated in the ends of the “star” spreaders.  Also make sure the shaft collars are set so that the star is roughly horizontal and symmetric port/stbd.  &lt;br /&gt;
*pull up rig, place onto mast step, then tighten forestay pretty tight and tie off&lt;br /&gt;
*rig up boom (attach gooseneck first, make sure outhaul not tangled with downhaul)&lt;br /&gt;
*make sure vang all the way loose, attach clew of sail to boom and then attach outhaul&lt;br /&gt;
*flip boat over on its side -- orient so that you can tip it over foils first into the water with the boat pointed upwind&lt;br /&gt;
**can either get someone to help lift, or flip boat over with trolley and then carefully lift trolley off&lt;br /&gt;
*insert main foil, put in pin (center hole)&lt;br /&gt;
**Double check the pin and ring for the main foil, and make sure the bolt on the barrel adjuster is not bent.  ''Side note -- DO NOT STEP ON THE BARREL ADJUSTER.''&lt;br /&gt;
*rig up the rudder&lt;br /&gt;
**Make sure the tiller is lead through the bungee.  This keeps the tiller centered if you let go, and also makes it harder to move the tiller too erratically.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Put electrical tape over the breather holes.  There is one on the stbd side of the transom, and one on the vertical section of the cockpit near the mast step.  (Open these back up when you return to the dock)&lt;br /&gt;
**The holes should be reopened to let the pressure equalize once the boat has been in the water for a few minutes.  This can easily be done on the dock or while the boat is capsized to port.  &lt;br /&gt;
*untie wand keeper, then screw in wand linkage to the top of the main vertical.  This should be the last thing you do when putting the boat in the water and the first thing you do when the boat comes out of the water to prevent people on the dock from tripping over and damaging the wand.  &lt;br /&gt;
**A good rule of thumb for setting up the main foil ride height is that the horizontal flap should have a slight negative angle of attack when the wand is fully extended.  This is ~5-7mm of pushrod showing&lt;br /&gt;
*Slide then tip the boat into the water, being careful of the wand and linkages.  Try to lift the boat when tipping it upright instead of rotating it about the wingbar on the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Derigging Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The pin that holds the star spreader to the mast stays with the spreader because we have two different masts.  &lt;br /&gt;
*The rudder pin stays in the rudder to prevent the rotating white plastic piece from spinning.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you remove the tape from the breather holes.  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Drain the boat!'''  If there is any water in the boat it is your responsibility to drain it fully.&lt;br /&gt;
**If you need to drain, derig first, then flip it upside down and lift the bow up so it drains out the back. Every once in a while put the bow back down to let air in&lt;br /&gt;
***http://www.mach2boats.com/the-mach2/service-and-maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
***The Mach 2 has small drain holes in each bulkhead. These little holes allow water to flow through the boat so it can be emptied via the bung holes in each tank.  This image should make it easier for Mach 2 sailors to empty any water that may get into the boat.  Note: The red circles are the drain holes&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MothDrain2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sailing Basics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Stay on your feet! When not up foiling and hiking, try keeping your feet underneath you; half crouching/sitting is good as you’ll have to adjust your weight a lot as you get the balance of the boat at low speed.&lt;br /&gt;
*To get foiling, sail on a reach.  A pretty tight reach is usually best but once there is a lot of breeze there is a wide range of angles that will work.  Give the main a nice ease, and once the boat starts to heel to windward, bear off a bit and let the boat power up.  Once it starts to pop up onto the foils and accelerate, you will need to trim in the mainsheet a good amount because the apparent wind starts to move forward.&lt;br /&gt;
*Keep the rig on top of you! Like a windsurfer. Always have windward heel - if you get too flat, or heeled to leeward, ease the main until the boat comes back on top of you.  Hiking helps too, but the rig can generate a lot of power so the mainsheet is most important.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Control the power! Easing and trimming to power up and depower is important of course, but steering in and out of your power zones is super important too. &lt;br /&gt;
**Upwind: pinch to depower, foot to power up. &lt;br /&gt;
**Downwind: sail to a run to depower, up to a reach to power up. &lt;br /&gt;
*Be active in the straps! It can be necessary to move in through a lull or if you stall the sail. &lt;br /&gt;
*Sit forward! Further than you might think - just behind where the wing starts to curve (just behind the control lines on the trampoline).&lt;br /&gt;
*Observe! Often taking a break and watching someone else sail for a while can have a huge impact when you go back in. &lt;br /&gt;
**The moth class has made some basic tutorials with Nathan Outteridge https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLCFOdEqGeu5CYFzz51JhpQ4ubz6qHiQs7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tuning Basics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vang is good - it is especially hard to see from on the boat, so use it.  And then use more.  And probably even more.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Cunningham depowers the sail significantly.  &lt;br /&gt;
**Keep a moderate amount of cunningham on at all times so that the camber inducers in the sail remain on the mast.  This is maybe a bit more than finger tight?  &lt;br /&gt;
**If the cambers do come off while sailing, you can sail a little bit if needed but it’s best to fix it ASAP so that the sail doesn’t get damaged.  This can be done back at the dock or with help from the motorboat, or swimming with the boat capsized with a bit more effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Outhaul - loose until it gets breezy.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Ride height adjuster (the little barrel in the middle of the deck) - try to forget it when you’re starting out. Controls the equilibrium height of “flight.” Higher is faster, but there’s a risk of going too high and losing control. A note on the current setup, up is down and down is up on the deck markings.  &lt;br /&gt;
**The Mach2 likes to sail a little “bow-down” (partially due to hydrodynamics with the fixed part of the main horizontal, partially due to aero drag on the wings).  With our foil setup this usually means the first indication you are riding too high is ventilation on the rudder horizontal.  Upwind this is on the leeward tip since you are heeling far to windward, and downwind the first warnings are often just some funny noises or occasional brief loss of steering.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Upwind you will want to adjust the ride height slightly from tack to tack (the wand is asymmetrical so it “measures” the boat’s height differently on each side due to the extreme windward heel when sailing upwind)&lt;br /&gt;
**Wand is on stbd side, so the boat “thinks” its riding lower than it actually is on that tack.  Adjust the ride height lower to compensate.  Adjust ride height higher on port.  &lt;br /&gt;
***Approx 2 rotations of the barrel adjuster is a rough range, but you should play around with it so that the boat is about the same height on each tack (look down at the marks on the daggerboard vertical)&lt;br /&gt;
***Usually the stbd side (lower) adjustment is about right for going downwind &lt;br /&gt;
*Rudder lift - control how bow up or down the boat rides by twisting the tiller extension. Bow-down/more rudder lift when going upwind (bolt head forward ~ ¼ from front), and bow-up/less rudder lift when going downwind (going faster produces more lift from the rudder, and a slightly bow-up pitch is safer as well) (bolt head back ~ ½ - ¾ from front). Try not to worry about it when you’re just starting, but be mindful that it can get out of position easily if you’re spending a lot of time crawling in and out of the boat.      &lt;br /&gt;
**If boat kind of pops up quickly and then stalls (often in marginal foiling breeze), this most likely means there isn’t enough rudder lift.  Twist the rudder so the bolt moves forward in the slot.&lt;br /&gt;
*Occasionally check that the ride height adjuster is wound correctly and not tangled&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moth_race.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Offshore2016</id>
		<title>Offshore2016</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Offshore2016"/>
				<updated>2016-01-04T20:20:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Title: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is the outline for the offshore sailing course, January 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Title:=&lt;br /&gt;
Offshore Sailing Shore School&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IAP listing: http://student.mit.edu/searchiap/iap-9289af8d50ec09580150fd62711e012d.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 66-168 (http://whereis.mit.edu/?go=66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Blurb:=&lt;br /&gt;
You know that MIT has a fabulous river sailing program, but did you also know that MIT also has an offshore sailing program, where you can sail MIT's 43-foot boat, X-Dimension, in Boston Harbor, to P-town, along the Maine coast, and even to Halifax, Nova Scotia?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this IAP course is to show you that sailing a 43-foot boat differs from dinghy sailing only in degree: the boat and sails are bigger, you can stay out longer (days!), and you don’t have to come back to the dock at night. We are offering 8 sessions that will cover the fundamental and practical aspects of large boat sailing, with the goal of making everyone feel equipped with the knowledge to feel comfortable sailing along the coast. The classes will cover keelboats, weather, navigation (including celestial navigation), safety at sea, racing, and chartering a boat in the Caribbean. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No prior knowledge of keelboats or sailing is required (though the latter is very helpful); just an interest in learning about sailing in the salt water. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Times: &lt;br /&gt;
Tues/Thurs 6:30-8:30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Sessions=&lt;br /&gt;
==Tue Jan 5th: Introduction to Keelboats - Eric Brown==&lt;br /&gt;
Whether you're out for a day sail or crossing the ocean, you'll need to understand the various onboard systems. This session provides basic knowledge of the typical coastal cruising sailboat -- structure, rigging, electrical, engine, navigation, etc.  Attendees will learn the nautical terms for things (the galley, not the kitchen), feel comfortable finding their way around a boat, and get a sense for life aboard at sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Thurs Jan 7th: Navigation #1 -  Ted Young==&lt;br /&gt;
Where are you?  How will you get to your destination safely?  In this course we will cover the&lt;br /&gt;
basics of coastal navigation, including how to read nautical charts, identification of navigation &lt;br /&gt;
aids, proper compass use and the rules for safe navigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tue Jan 12th: Navigation # 2 - Ted Young==&lt;br /&gt;
In part two of this introduction to coastal navigation, we will further discuss skills for safe navigation, including understanding of tides and currents, as well as techniques for using electronic devices such as depth sounders, GPS, and RADAR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Thurs Jan 14th: Weather - Eric Brown and Scott Dynes==&lt;br /&gt;
You’ve probably heard ‘Red sky at night, sailor’s delight; red sky in morning, sailors take warning’, but did you ever wonder why that is so? In this session we will cover many aspects of weather as it related to sailing, including: &lt;br /&gt;
* Weather basics: high and low pressure, warm and cold fronts, and what it all means for the sailor.&lt;br /&gt;
* Observational weather - what can you tell about future weather based on what you are seeing now?&lt;br /&gt;
* NOAA weather forecasts - there’s a lot of information, and we will make sense of it.&lt;br /&gt;
* How to get weather information at sea, when there is no 6 o’clock news.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tue Jan 19th: Safety at Sea - Scott Dynes==&lt;br /&gt;
This session covers what you need to know to be safe sailing bigger boats offshore. Topics covered will include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Personal responsibility and managing risk&lt;br /&gt;
* What to wear&lt;br /&gt;
* On the boat and boat handling&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication&lt;br /&gt;
* Things to keep you safe (e.g. harnesses and tethers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Things to keep others safe (e.g. man overboard procedures)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sailing in different kinds of weather&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the extent possible we will demonstrate equipment and procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Thurs Jan 21st: Racing - Adam Traina==&lt;br /&gt;
Racing is a very fun and very effective way to learn how to sail well; you are on a boat with expert sailors who are helping you to correctly trim, drive, navigate and in general sail the boat. In this session we will introduce sailboat racing and cover a broad range of topics that will enable you to have fun while racing keelboats. Topics we will cover include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* what does it even mean to race boat that are really different?&lt;br /&gt;
* different types of races: courses, regular vs. chase races.&lt;br /&gt;
* the basic racing rules of sailing&lt;br /&gt;
*  starts (very different from auto race starts!)&lt;br /&gt;
* sail trim &lt;br /&gt;
* racing and sailing tactics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tue Jan 26th: Chartering a boat - Tim Hall==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experience sailing, there's a good chance you can charter a boat in the Caribbean and elsewhere. This session discusses the practical aspects of arranging for and sailing a charter in the Caribbean. Topics we will talk about include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Choosing crew&lt;br /&gt;
* Checking out the boat (what to look for)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provisioning the boat&lt;br /&gt;
* Cooking on board and planning meals&lt;br /&gt;
* What to bring and how to dress&lt;br /&gt;
* Clearing customs and sailing among the islands of different countries&lt;br /&gt;
* Seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chartering is much easier than you imagine - and the water really is bluer in the Caribbean!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Thurs Jan 28th: Celestial Navigation - Adam Traina==&lt;br /&gt;
Before there was GPS, there were the stars. Ocean voyagers have used the stars to generally navigate for millennia, and precisely navigate since the invention of the marine chronometer. In this session we will go through the theory and practice of celestial navigation; we hope to have enough sextants to allow for hands-on activities. While you will not walk away from this class knowing how to navigate by the stars, you will know why and how it works, and what to do next if you want to learn celestial navigation in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boat Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offshore Sailing - Bill Seifert&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sail and Rig Tuning - Ivar Dedekam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Navigation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Annapolis Book of Seamanship - John Rousmaniere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celestial Navigation - Tom Cunliffe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Weather==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOAA National Maps:  http://www.nws.noaa.gov/outlook_tab.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOAA Marine Forecast by Zone (Coastal):  http://www.nws.noaa.gov/om/marine/zone/east/boxmz.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Marine Forecast:  http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230&amp;amp;syn=anz200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passage Weather:  http://www.passageweather.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
North Atlantic Weather Fax Charts:  http://weather.noaa.gov/fax/marsh.shtml&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gulf Stream and Offshore Weather:  http://www.bermudarace.com/DefaultPermissions/LogisticsResources/tabid/202/Default.aspx&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Stories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Boat Who Wouldn't Float - Farley Mowat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
40,000 Miles in a Canoe - Voss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Perfect Storm - Sebastian Junger&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Offshore2016</id>
		<title>Offshore2016</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Offshore2016"/>
				<updated>2015-11-09T17:16:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Thurs Jan 14th: Weather - Eric Brown and Scott Dynes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is the outline for the offshore sailing course, January 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Title:=&lt;br /&gt;
Offshore Sailing Shore School&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Blurb:=&lt;br /&gt;
You know that MIT has a fabulous river sailing program, but did you also know that MIT also has an offshore sailing program, where you can sail MIT's 43-foot boat, X-Dimension, in Boston Harbor, to P-town, along the Maine coast, and even to Halifax, Nova Scotia?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this IAP course is to show you that sailing a 43-foot boat differs from dinghy sailing only in degree: the boat and sails are bigger, you can stay out longer (days!), and you don’t have to come back to the dock at night. We are offering 8 sessions that will cover the fundamental and practical aspects of large boat sailing, with the goal of making everyone feel equipped with the knowledge to feel comfortable sailing along the coast. The classes will cover keelboats, weather, navigation (including celestial navigation), safety at sea, racing, and chartering a boat in the Caribbean. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No prior knowledge of keelboats or sailing is required (though the latter is very helpful); just an interest in learning about sailing in the salt water. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Times: &lt;br /&gt;
Tues/Thurs 6:30-8:30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Sessions=&lt;br /&gt;
==Tue Jan 5th: Introduction to Keelboats - Eric Brown==&lt;br /&gt;
Whether you're out for a day sail or crossing the ocean, you'll need to understand the various onboard systems. This session provides basic knowledge of the typical coastal cruising sailboat -- structure, rigging, electrical, engine, navigation, etc.  Attendees will learn the nautical terms for things (the galley, not the kitchen), feel comfortable finding their way around a boat, and get a sense for life aboard at sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Thurs Jan 7th: Navigation #1 -  Ted Young==&lt;br /&gt;
Where are you?  How will you get to your destination safely?  In this course we will cover the&lt;br /&gt;
basics of coastal navigation, including how to read nautical charts, identification of navigation &lt;br /&gt;
aids, proper compass use and the rules for safe navigation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tue Jan 12th: Navigation # 2 - Ted Young==&lt;br /&gt;
In part two of this introduction to coastal navigation, we will further discuss skills for safe navigation, including understanding of tides and currents, as well as techniques for using electronic devices such as depth sounders, GPS, and RADAR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Thurs Jan 14th: Weather - Eric Brown and Scott Dynes==&lt;br /&gt;
You’ve probably heard ‘Red sky at night, sailor’s delight; red sky in morning, sailors take warning’, but did you ever wonder why that is so? In this session we will cover many aspects of weather as it related to sailing, including: &lt;br /&gt;
* Weather basics: high and low pressure, warm and cold fronts, and what it all means for the sailor.&lt;br /&gt;
* Observational weather - what can you tell about future weather based on what you are seeing now?&lt;br /&gt;
* NOAA weather forecasts - there’s a lot of information, and we will make sense of it.&lt;br /&gt;
* How to get weather information at sea, when there is no 6 o’clock news.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tue Jan 19th: Safety at Sea - Scott Dynes==&lt;br /&gt;
This session covers what you need to know to be safe sailing bigger boats offshore. Topics covered will include: &lt;br /&gt;
* Personal responsibility and managing risk&lt;br /&gt;
* What to wear&lt;br /&gt;
* On the boat and boat handling&lt;br /&gt;
* Communication&lt;br /&gt;
* Things to keep you safe (e.g. harnesses and tethers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Things to keep others safe (e.g. man overboard procedures)&lt;br /&gt;
* Sailing in different kinds of weather&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the extent possible we will demonstrate equipment and procedures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Thurs Jan 21st: Racing - Adam Traina==&lt;br /&gt;
Racing is a very fun and very effective way to learn how to sail well; you are on a boat with expert sailors who are helping you to correctly trim, drive, navigate and in general sail the boat. In this session we will introduce sailboat racing and cover a broad range of topics that will enable you to have fun while racing keelboats. Topics we will cover include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* what does it even mean to race boat that are really different?&lt;br /&gt;
* different types of races: courses, regular vs. chase races.&lt;br /&gt;
* the basic racing rules of sailing&lt;br /&gt;
*  starts (very different from auto race starts!)&lt;br /&gt;
* sail trim &lt;br /&gt;
* racing and sailing tactics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tue Jan 26th: Chartering a boat - Tim Hall==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some experience sailing, there's a good chance you can charter a boat in the Caribbean and elsewhere. This session discusses the practical aspects of arranging for and sailing a charter in the Caribbean. Topics we will talk about include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Choosing crew&lt;br /&gt;
* Checking out the boat (what to look for)&lt;br /&gt;
* Provisioning the boat&lt;br /&gt;
* Cooking on board and planning meals&lt;br /&gt;
* What to bring and how to dress&lt;br /&gt;
* Clearing customs and sailing among the islands of different countries&lt;br /&gt;
* Seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chartering is much easier than you imagine - and the water really is bluer in the Caribbean!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Thurs Jan 28th: Celestial Navigation - Adam Traina==&lt;br /&gt;
Before there was GPS, there were the stars. Ocean voyagers have used the stars to generally navigate for millennia, and precisely navigate since the invention of the marine chronometer. In this session we will go through the theory and practice of celestial navigation; we hope to have enough sextants to allow for hands-on activities. While you will not walk away from this class knowing how to navigate by the stars, you will know why and how it works, and what to do next if you want to learn celestial navigation in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Boat Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offshore Sailing - Bill Seifert&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sail and Rig Tuning - Ivar Dedekam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Navigation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Annapolis Book of Seamanship - John Rousmaniere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celestial Navigation - Tom Cunliffe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Weather==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOAA National Maps:  http://www.nws.noaa.gov/outlook_tab.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOAA Marine Forecast by Zone (Coastal):  http://www.nws.noaa.gov/om/marine/zone/east/boxmz.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Marine Forecast:  http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230&amp;amp;syn=anz200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Passage Weather:  http://www.passageweather.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
North Atlantic Weather Fax Charts:  http://weather.noaa.gov/fax/marsh.shtml&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gulf Stream and Offshore Weather:  http://www.bermudarace.com/DefaultPermissions/LogisticsResources/tabid/202/Default.aspx&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Stories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Boat Who Wouldn't Float - Farley Mowat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
40,000 Miles in a Canoe - Voss&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Perfect Storm - Sebastian Junger&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Cruising_Guide</id>
		<title>Cruising Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Cruising_Guide"/>
				<updated>2015-10-16T20:06:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: Created page with &amp;quot;== Current == * Boston Sailing Center's crusing guide: http://www.bostonsailingcenter.com/cruisingguide/harborindex.html * Boston Harbor Beacon (blog): http://www.bostonharbor...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Current ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Sailing Center's crusing guide: http://www.bostonsailingcenter.com/cruisingguide/harborindex.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Harbor Beacon (blog): http://www.bostonharborbeacon.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Historical ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldridge's Coast Pilot from 1893: https://books.google.com/books?id=NncOAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Harbor Shipwrecks: http://bostonshipwrecks.org/&lt;br /&gt;
* Eldridge's Boston Harbor Chart from 1884: http://maps.bpl.org/id/12670&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Harbor Chart from 1774: http://historicalcharts.noaa.gov/historicals/preview/image/844-00-1774&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2015-10-16T20:01:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= MIT Sailing Wiki =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MITNA Exec]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Boat Specifications/Repair Info]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ratings]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bluewater]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lynx 16]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Firefly]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Learn-to-Sail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Windsurfing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sailing Team]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Offshore Sailing Course]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Web Server]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the Website]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cruising Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MIT Sailing on Facebook ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page for MIT Sailing Pavilion: http://www.facebook.com/MIT.Sailing.Pavilion&lt;br /&gt;
* Group for MIT Sailing: http://www.facebook.com/groups/317045605039877&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Old items: ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Catamaran]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Rhodes 19s]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Wiki Accounts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it is hard to link Wiki logins to MITNA logins, so your Wiki &amp;amp;amp; MITNA accounts must be separate. Because of annoying spam engines we had to restrict Wiki account creations to be manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want a Wiki account please [http://sailing.mit.edu/contact.php?sel=www contact the Webmaster]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/X-Dimension_task_list</id>
		<title>X-Dimension task list</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/X-Dimension_task_list"/>
				<updated>2015-10-16T20:00:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Off-season 2015-2016 Preliminary Tasklist (the big things and then some) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;If a task needs additional explanation, please make a page for that task and post updates.  When a task is completed, move it to the 'Completed Tasks' section, and include the date it was completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use the discussion page to discuss the prioritization and content of any of these tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Off-season 2015-2016 Preliminary Tasklist (the big things and then some) ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove, refurbish and reinstall fuel tank - Adam&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove, refurbish and reinstall rear quarter aluminum plates (used for spinnaker turning blocks) - Scott&lt;br /&gt;
* Repair soft spots on deck: over head, just aft of fwd stbd cleat, other? Not this year&lt;br /&gt;
* Repair keel - Greg&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove corrosion on mast and boom; repaint - Eric&lt;br /&gt;
* Remount boom winch - Scott&lt;br /&gt;
* Inspect steering gear, grease rudderpost - Ted&lt;br /&gt;
* Sails (new asym, re-cut jib, re-cut main? new smaller jib?). Sails need to be taken to North.&lt;br /&gt;
* Toerails? No.&lt;br /&gt;
* re-tab bulkheads to hull? No.&lt;br /&gt;
* binnacle light - Eric&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
not-so-big stuff:&lt;br /&gt;
* repair dodger - Adam&lt;br /&gt;
* touch up topsides paint - Eric&lt;br /&gt;
* paint bottom - Tim/Adam&lt;br /&gt;
* cetol woodwork - Ted&lt;br /&gt;
* condition batteries - Ted&lt;br /&gt;
* new blocks for mainsheet - Scott&lt;br /&gt;
* obtain recent iPad for iNavX -Scott&lt;br /&gt;
* sell old AIS/splitter/NMEA2000 -&amp;gt; USB devices&lt;br /&gt;
* replace jackline mounting points with cleats&lt;br /&gt;
* replace damaged NMEA terminator for anemometer on masthead&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tasks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* REMOVE &amp;quot;mit bluewater&amp;quot; that was written on various equipment with sharpie - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
** lifejackets&lt;br /&gt;
** blue cushions&lt;br /&gt;
** lifesling&lt;br /&gt;
** strobe&lt;br /&gt;
** man overboard pole&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* paint &amp;quot;X DIMENSION&amp;quot; on safety gear with neat, attractive lettering - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* diagnose refrigerator&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* finish installing new engine soundproofing/firewall&lt;br /&gt;
* install blower vent closure&lt;br /&gt;
* tune lifelines&lt;br /&gt;
* polish dodger frame&lt;br /&gt;
* polish binnacle frame&lt;br /&gt;
* replace light in head with LED&lt;br /&gt;
* install lights in lazarettes - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* install lights over engine - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade starter battery voltage sense wire to 14 gauge&lt;br /&gt;
* install temp sensors on alternator and house batteries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* repair floor edge support in main cabin starboard of nav table&lt;br /&gt;
* repair floor edge support port of nav station seat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* install v-berth countertop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* install/fabricate springs to make jib traveler cars stand up&lt;br /&gt;
* fabricate pads for traveler car blocks so they will not gouge gelcoat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fabricate polycarbonate storm board for companionway (24&amp;quot;x28&amp;quot; max dimensions)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fabricate and install engraved labels on electrical panel (glue not screw)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* trim trysail downhaul&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* refurbish pushpit eyes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fabricate and install new retainers for main cabin table&lt;br /&gt;
* design and install floor panel retainers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* swing compass, document with deviation card - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fabricate pump retainer for zodiac&lt;br /&gt;
* epoxy transom holes on zodiac&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fabricate hinckley-style or cable-actuated lazarette closures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* fabricate gasket for galley porthole&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* re-bed pushpit, back with g10 (6 backing plates)&lt;br /&gt;
* repair gps antenna thru-rail fitting (port aft transom toerail)&lt;br /&gt;
* re-bed binnacle transmission/throttle to stop leaks at cables port and starboard&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* refinish interior bilge for better drainage - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* improve drainage throughout boat interior (particularly from tools bin to bilge)&lt;br /&gt;
* fix drainage under ice box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* install four hooks in forepeak for additional anchor rodes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* install pen holder at nav station&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* connect aux nav lights&lt;br /&gt;
* install propane solenoid indicator at helm&lt;br /&gt;
* install freshwater pump indicator at helm&lt;br /&gt;
* install bilge pump indicator at helm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* repair scratches in red paint&lt;br /&gt;
** port aft&lt;br /&gt;
** port midships&lt;br /&gt;
** port toerail&lt;br /&gt;
** port bow&lt;br /&gt;
** stbd midships&lt;br /&gt;
** stbd aft quarter&lt;br /&gt;
** transom below exhaust&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* documents to laminate and keep in nav table - bboval&lt;br /&gt;
** create battery switch diagram&lt;br /&gt;
** create freshwater schematic&lt;br /&gt;
** create bilge schematic&lt;br /&gt;
** create septic system schematic&lt;br /&gt;
** create 12v schematic - tyoung (See [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/X-dimension%20breakers.pdf http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/X-dimension breakers.pdf])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Completed Tasks ==&lt;br /&gt;
* june15 documents to laminate and keep in nav table - dstrubbe&lt;br /&gt;
** safety equipment location&lt;br /&gt;
** thru-hull locations&lt;br /&gt;
* june15 replace reefing lines - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* june15 install new bilge pump float switch(es) - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* may15 design and procure solar panels to charge batteries egbrown&lt;br /&gt;
* may15 fair keel - greg&lt;br /&gt;
* apr15 have sails trimmed - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* apr15repair forward hatch leak (screw holes in starboard hinge)&lt;br /&gt;
* apr15 seal port chainplates with butyl tape - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* apr15 replace cracked bilge hoses&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jul14 install reading light in quarter berth - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jul14 install new engine soundproofing/firewall&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jul14 replace main cabin hatch hinge pins&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jul14 repair keel - greg&lt;br /&gt;
* 15jul14 paint bottom - greg, tj, zack (1st coat 25jun14; 2nd coat 27jun14; 5th coat 15jul14)&lt;br /&gt;
* 14jul14 reinstall toilet thru-hull - mwall, gwelch&lt;br /&gt;
* 14jul14 reinstall galley thru-hull - mwall, gwelch&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jul14 complete Duo Charge installation and battery systems rewiring - tyoung, ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 03jul14 buff topsides - mwall (29 jun), tj (03 jul)&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jul14 fix leak at top of gps unit - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jul14 re-mount radar mast - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jul14 re-install port and starboard compasses - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jul14 reinstall forward hatch hinges - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 repitch prop to 24 degrees - atraina (prop still jams in reverse)&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 inject grease into rudder post - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 third coat paint to radar mast base casting - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 cut hole in lazarette box for handle - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 apply anti-foul paint to transducer - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 apply third coat of cetol to winch bases - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 glue companionway stair tread - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 fix engine coolant leak (loose hose clamps to hot water heater) - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 adjust companionway step latch - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 mount battery monitor - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 rewire starter battery - ebrown, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 paint engine switch white - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 adjust companionway latch length - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 seal compass housings port and starboard - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 re-bed baby stay fittings - mwall, atraina (old screws sheared off)&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 refurbish tactical compasses (use toothpaste to polish globes) - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 install cockpit table - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 install rudder post cover - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 re-plumb propane tank drain - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul14 paint transducer with anti-fouling - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun14 second coat of gelcoat on all deck repairs - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun14 apply coat of white enamel to radar mast base - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun14 plug holes in cockpit table - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun14 bed companionway hatch closure mechanism - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun14 plug hole in companionway hatch - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun14 fix cotter pins in prop screws - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun14 buff 1/4 of the boat (starboard aft quarter) - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun14 re-core deck port aft at radar mast base - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun14 mark prop shaft alignment at shaft/engine coupling, visible from stbd lazarette - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 measure rudder angle - atraina (1 spoke is about 10 degrees)&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 begin rewiring batteries, charger, regulator - ebrown, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 second coat cetol on forward hatch, compass ring - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 install companionway hatch closure - mwall, atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 apply cetol to winch bases (4 of them) - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 apply cetol to cheek block bases (6 of them) - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 polish prop shaft - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 coat prop with anti-fouling propspeed - atraina, ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 pitch prop - atraina (12 degrees)&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun14 recondition prop - h&amp;amp;h marine - due back at pavilion 20jun14 (they just sent it to the manufacturer)&lt;br /&gt;
* 28jun14 remove cetol drips and sags from starboard grab rail - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 28jun14 re-bed head dorade - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 28jun14 sand off drips and sags on companionway boards - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 assess pfd status - kwinstein&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 procure then install 1/2&amp;quot; to 1/2&amp;quot; barbed coupling under head sink - kwinstein&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 install radar mast backing plate - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 extend companionway drip rails to block water from companionway hatch - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 patch gelcoat and glass divots caused by jib blocks - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 install better chafe protection for hot water hose - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 flush with bleach the space under the head floor - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 inject head cleaner into toilet to displace rotting seawater - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 reroute impeller wiring - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 repair cubby trim in port forward main cabin berth - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 install pumpout handle clamp - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 reinstall dodger frame hardware and dodger frame - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27jun14 second coat cetol on companionway hatch sides - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 test polishing of tactical compass globes - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 patch holes mis-drilled by wally foster - greg&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 run engine with cooling water attached - sdynes, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 clean aft end of engine - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 first coat cetol on companionway hatch sides - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 repair radar mast base wood parts - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 install zincs - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 remove cetol splatters and spills from deck and forward hatch - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 reinstall dorade hardware - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 fill more deck divots - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 repair stringers to port of mast - tsheehan&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 repair side-to-side floor stringer aft of mast - tsheehan&lt;br /&gt;
* 25jun14 repair support at forward end of table base in main cabin - tsheehan&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun14 repair floor trim - tsheehan&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun14 repair floor support port side of mast - tsheehan&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun14 polish baby stay stainless parts - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun14 refurbish head and galley thru-hulls - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun14 grind more deck divots - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun14 install 12v sockets at nav station - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun14 reroute power to 12v outlets - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun14 re-wire hot water heater - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun14 fabricate replacement rudder wrench - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun14 varnish companionway boards - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun14 install starter battery charging system - tyoung, ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun14 install battery monitoring system - tyoung, ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun14 repair cockpit table - atraina, yuhong&lt;br /&gt;
* 21jun14 varnish v-berth sink cover - yuhong&lt;br /&gt;
* 21jun14 cetol to grab rails - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 21jun14 polish stainless steel pushpit - bonnie&lt;br /&gt;
* 21jun14 polish dodger frame - bonnie&lt;br /&gt;
* 20jun14 fix governor screw - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 20jun14 strip brightwork and apply cetol - mostly complete - diane&lt;br /&gt;
* 20jun14 refurbish interior lighting system - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 17jun14 replace traveler car bearings - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 15jun14 re-install led strip light wiring and switches - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 15jun14 clean cabin interior - atraina, kfalk, ywa&lt;br /&gt;
* 14jun14 cetol applied to stern seat, companionway hatch, dorade boxes - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun14 two coats of cetol to applied to ? - tyoung, sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun14 install galley light - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 07jun14 install four berth reading lights - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jun14 re-route hot/cold water to galley - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jun14 clean bilge under engine - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jun14 clean, recondition, reinstall saltwater strainers - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jun14 reinstall/reroute freshwater hoses - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jun14 remove unused head plumbing - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun14 clean bilge - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun14 gelcoat dams and other cockpit and deck repairs - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun14 install hose clamp retainer for rudder bushing - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jun14 recondition tools - bboval&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jun14 repair engine fuel leak - sdynes, arne&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jun14 repair engine oil leak - sdynes, arne&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jun14 clean fuel system - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jun14 re-stitch steering wheel - adam&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jun14 install holding tank vent - sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jun14 install hot water heater hoses - sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may14 embiggen hole at base of mast - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may14 seal freshwater tank - sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may14 replace broken ground cable (8' long, 1.25&amp;quot; wide copper weave) - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may14 fill deck voids at forward hatch hinges - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may14 install access panel with access panel behind nav station - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may14 replace companionway stair latch hardware - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may14 install companionway dams - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may14 install new holding tank - sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may14 install new hot water heater - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 10may14 repair cockpit table gouge - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 10may14 seal motor mount - bboval&lt;br /&gt;
* 10may14 seal chain plates - mwall (in progress 10apr14)&lt;br /&gt;
* 10may14 seal mast boot ring - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may14 polish prop - ivan&lt;br /&gt;
* 09may14 repair leak in freshwater tank - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 09may14 re-core old chainplate holes port and starboard - mwall (in progress 10apr14)&lt;br /&gt;
* 09may14 re-core deck at dorade box above head - mwall (in progress 10apr14)&lt;br /&gt;
* 10apr14 re-install and re-bed rudder bushing - mwall, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 10apr14 plug old instrument holes - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* ??apr14 dinghy tuneup - atraina, wherrington, dchinchilla&lt;br /&gt;
* 15mar14 remove holding tank - abuck, dlockwood&lt;br /&gt;
* 15mar14 remove old septic hoses, pump, and bulkheads - abuck, dlockwood&lt;br /&gt;
* 15mar14 remove hot water tank - dromness&lt;br /&gt;
* 15mar14 remove and clean mast boot ring - mwall, dromness&lt;br /&gt;
* 15mar14 remove chainplate covers - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 15mar14 assess rudder post bushing - mwall, abuck&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jul13 [[refurbish breaker panel|electrical system overhaul]] - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 leaks&lt;br /&gt;
** saltwater seep 1.5' forward of mast over keel near head - almost none so far in 2013&lt;br /&gt;
** saltwater seep in upper bilge next to nav station - about 8 oz per week&lt;br /&gt;
** saltwater seep at deepest keel bolt - about 4 oz per week&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 install 3 12v sockets in instrument compartment - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 move engine systems switch from inside stbd locker to switch panel in galley - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 refinish cockpit table&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 fabricate battery retainers - ebrown, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 install retaining bolt in base of mast 3/4&amp;quot; x 8&amp;quot; - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 fabricate cockpit jacklines - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 assemble first aid kit - elie, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 assemble ditch bag - ulric, sdynes, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 safety wire main sheet blocks (4) - eben&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 put 15' lanyard on bucket - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 fabricate new dodger straps - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 put wooden plug on lanyard near each thru-hull - ?&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 replace stainless stanchion with aluminum stanchion - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 tune lifelines (install locking screws, tension properly, install standoffs) - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 install hoses and fittings for large manual bilge pump - ulric, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 install mast partners (or pour spartite) - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 bend lower section of trysail track - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 finish man overboard system - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 install battery monitor - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul13 install battery regulator - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* ?????13 get and install a paddle-wheel speedometer - tyoung, gerard&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun13 rebuild port primary (silver) winch - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun13 fabricate floor for zodiac - ebrown, tyoung, kristen, sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun13 refurbish primary winches - sbussolari, dlockwood, dstrubbe, kristen&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun13 first coat of varnish on cockpit table - sergio&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun13 install cleats and clutch on boom - sbussolari, kristen, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun13 re-mount main sheet fittings on boom - kristen, sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun13 paint boom - dstrubbe, kristen, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 08jun13 remove corrosion and fittings from boom - atraina, wherrington&lt;br /&gt;
* 06jun13 refinish winch handle box (2 coats interlux) - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jun13 clean storage compartments starboard side - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jun13 install rubber bumpers on steering stops - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jun13 install studs for wingnuts on instrument panel back - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 05jun13 fabricate 8 replacement stanchion bases - mit central machine shop&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun13 move engine switch to galley - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun13 install toggle at binnacle - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun13 tidy up wiring behind breakers - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun13 fabricate oil catch pan - central machine shop&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun13 plug holes in deck by radar post base - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun13 bed backstay chainplate - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jun13 rebuild starboard primary (silver) winch - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jun13 repair gps screen - kwinstein&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jun13 move nav switch panel to cockpit - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* xxxxxxx tap turnbuckles - using cotter pins since they will not shear off&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may13 remove coating from old life lines - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may13 install radar reflector halyard - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may13 fix fuel leak at fuel pump - ami&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may13 lubricate pawls in cockpit winches - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may13 mount manual bilge pump - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may13 shock cord and block to retain flag halyard - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may13 adjust primary bilge float switch level (lower by 2 inches) - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may13 install new starboard lazy jack line - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may13 clean and bleach head to remove urine smell&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may13 clean and bleach vberth to remove sewage smells&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may13 seal forward inspection portal of freshwater tank - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may13 patch leaks in electric bilge hoses - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may13 install pvc pipe around babystay - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may13 install cotter pins in standing rigging turnbuckles - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may13 rebuild manual bilge pump mount - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 pressurize and test stove - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 install stove stops - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 flush freshwater tank and hoses - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 fix fuel leak - atraina, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 clean deck and topsides - atraina, sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 clean dinghy - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 fabricate bucket handles - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 diagnose freshwater tank leak - atraina, sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 replace starboard spinnaker tack cheek block - bussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 install cockpit pad-eyes - mwall, sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 install man overboard pole - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 replace dinghy painter with floating line - atraina&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 install wood panels over switch and engine panels&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may13 re-bed pulpit, back with g10 backing plate 2x 3.5&amp;quot; x 4.5&amp;quot; - sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may13 ground pushpit to other grounds - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may13 fabricate backing panels for wiring - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may13 install cockpit pad-eyes - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may13 install cubby retainers - silas&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may13 mount cockpit switch panel cubby - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 16may13 install cubby retainers - silas&lt;br /&gt;
* 16may13 dry fit cockpit switch panel - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 16may13 seal lazarette hinges - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 16may13 inject silicone sealant into aft end of mast boot - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 12may13 fabricate cubby cover retainers (stainless bar plus stainless bolt) - central machine shop&lt;br /&gt;
* 12may13 red tender to waterboat marina, then returned to pavilion for better fenders - atraina, sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 12may13 tune shrouds - silas, atraina, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 12may13 install jib and main - sbussolari, atraina, austin, eben, silas, dan&lt;br /&gt;
* 11may13 repair main sail cars - north sails&lt;br /&gt;
* 11may13 repair 150 jib - north sails&lt;br /&gt;
* 11may13 repair 133 jib - sail has been disposed of&lt;br /&gt;
* 11may13 repair spinnaker - north sails&lt;br /&gt;
* 11may13 install web and rings in main reef cringles - north sails&lt;br /&gt;
* 10may13 re-weld starboard stanchion of pulpit - mit central machine shop&lt;br /&gt;
* 10may13 install new lifeline fittings in pulpit - mit central machine shop&lt;br /&gt;
* 07may13 install new lazarette gaskets - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 06may13 remove old seals from lazarette lids - silas, eben&lt;br /&gt;
* 06may13 refurbish large winch - eben&lt;br /&gt;
* 06may13 refurbish large manual bilge pump - sdynes, mwall, uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 04may13 seal mast boot - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 04may13 remove silicone flash from new hatch lenses - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 03may13 another attempt to stop timing case oil leaks - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 02may13 lubricate rudder chain - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 02may13 install binnacle compass - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 02may13 install cleat on deck next to stbd mast winch (stbd jib halyard) - sdynes, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 02may13 reinstall timing cover on engine to fix oil leak - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 02may13 clean and clamp freshwater fill hose - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 02may13 install windex, garmin wind instrument, tricolor at top of mast - mwall, sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 02may13 remove mid lifelines, diagnose stanchion bases - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01may13 trim silicone flash from windows - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01may13 diagnose apparent oil leak aft of engine - coming from engine mount, not engine - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30apr13 diagnose bilge leaks - 2 seeps forward of stringer by nav station - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30apr13 plug pulpit holes in deck - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30apr13 drill holes for starboard cleat - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30apr13 assemble zodiac - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30apr13 install new lines on zodiac - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 29apr13 install halyards - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 29apr13 install boom and vang - sdynes, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 29apr13 remove lifelines and pulpit - sdynes, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 29apr13 trim silicone flash from windows - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 28apr13 fix dinghy floor leak - sbussolari, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 28apr13 fix dinghy fuel leak - there is no leak.  pumping too many times results in fuel overflow.&lt;br /&gt;
* 26apr13 align and tension steering cable - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 26apr13 repair forward starboard handrail attach point - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25apr13 fill holes and rotted core in foredeck - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25apr13 mount starboard mid-cabin winch - dan, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25apr13 fill rotted core near forward end of starboard handrail - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 25apr13 replace starboard cabin windows - dan, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 24apr13 install second spinnaker halyard block - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 24apr13 paint bottom second coat - sdynes, eyal, dan&lt;br /&gt;
* 24apr13 install large manual pump strum box - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 23apr13 Fix the [[Engine oil leaks]] - sdynes et al&lt;br /&gt;
* 23apr13 seal cockpit holes - 10 on forward bulkhead, 2 or 3 on starboard bulkhead, 2 or 3 port bulkhead - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 22apr13 install trysail track 2x 12' 7/8&amp;quot; - mwall, eben&lt;br /&gt;
* 22apr13 install port forward cabin window - mwall, ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 22apr13 fabricate strum box for large manual bilge hose - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 22apr13 trim spreader cotter pins - gigi, diane&lt;br /&gt;
* 22apr13 install halyard messengers - eben, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 22apr13 epoxy starter battery box - ilia&lt;br /&gt;
* 22apr13 paint house battery box - diane&lt;br /&gt;
* 22apr13 first coat bottom paint - ilia, eben, daniel, gigi, diane, sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 22apr13 replace tab on mast foot platform - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 21apr13 replace bad house battery - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 21apr13 grind and patch bottom flaws - sdynes, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 21apr13 replace defective forward bilge float switch - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 21apr13 refurbish binnacle and steering assembly - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 18apr13 paint hatch locking bars with epoxy paint - diane, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18apr13 patch hole center forward of keel - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18apr13 patch hole starboard side of keel - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18apr13 install port aft cabin window - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 17apr13 replace cabin hatch lens - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 17apr13 install scupper drain hoses - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 17apr13 sand bottom - sdynes, diane, dan&lt;br /&gt;
* 15apr13 replace head hatch lens - sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 14apr13 fix long batten from main sail - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 14apr13 install bronze T fittings for cockpit drainage (1.5&amp;quot; hoses) - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 14apr13 re-bed mast base ring - sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 14apr13 apply propspeed to prop and shaft - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 11apr13 replace dodger track end caps - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 11apr13 replace prop shaft zincs (1.25&amp;quot; shaft diameter) - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 11apr13 grease rudder post - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 11apr13 replace rudder post zirt fitting - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 06apr13 tighten rudder stuffing box - tyoung, kcurry, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 06apr13 replace cotter pins on mast - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 06apr13 install new babystay brace - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 06apr13 refurbish baby stay fast pins and shackles&lt;br /&gt;
* 06apr13 fix holding tank leak - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 06apr13 move lower fuel pump to less exposed location - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 06apr13 inventory anchor rhodes - diane (brown - 100'; orange/blue - 90'; white - 230')&lt;br /&gt;
* 04apr13 swap out lube oil filter mount for spin-on mount - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 04apr13 move fuel oil filter from inside stbd locker to inside steps - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar13 rebuild starboard mid-cabin winch - dan and adam&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar13 replace forward gasket on engine to stop oil leaks - sdynes et al&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar13 replace aft gasket on engine to stop oil leaks - sdynes et al&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar13 evaluate and fix engine oil leaks - sdynes et al&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar13 repair sail cover - wally&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar13 repair dodger zipper - wally&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar13 repair dodger snaps - wally&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar13 repair carpet edges in companionway board storage rack - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar13 reverse engine kill cable mechanism - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 27mar13 trim flash from forward hatch - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 16mar13 Switched out oil lube filter mount for spin-on mount - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 09mar13 Repaired boom vang (note adjustment procedure in systems section) - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* ??feb13 design and implement drain for well beneath mast - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* ??feb13 cut 1/2&amp;quot; drain hole in mast base plate - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* ??feb13 clean bilge - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jan13 fair keel - greg&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jan13 evaluate (and replace) foam in keel - greg&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jan13 rebuild rudder - greg&lt;br /&gt;
* 12nov12 winterize boat (engine, halyards, sails, freshwater, septic) - sbussolari, ksovie, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 12nov12 repair wood trim on vberth sink access panel - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 27oct12 install forward hatch retainer for keeping hatch open - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* ??oct12 connect propane solenoid - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 06jul12 boom vang tube - delivered&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun12 boom vang spring - ordered&lt;br /&gt;
* 19sep12 worked on port forward winch which was turning both ways. Winch is functional, but needs to be rebuilt - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 12sep12 added chafe protection to oil cooler hose (was rubbing on engine mount) - sdynes, dweisman&lt;br /&gt;
* 12sep12 replaced steaming nav light and lens - tyoung, sdynes, lbush, dweisman&lt;br /&gt;
* 12sep12 replaced spinnaker halyard - sdynes, lbush, dweisman, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 12sep12 changed hailing port on transom to Cambridge, MA - tyoung, rdisbrow, lbush, dweisman&lt;br /&gt;
* 12sep12 fender step installed tyoung &lt;br /&gt;
* 10aug12 changed transmission oil - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 10aug12 lubricated main outhaul track and car with a light coating of winch grease - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 10aug12 unscrewed cap ove rudder post, used anti-sieze compound when replacing - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 13jul12 re-bed forward hatch plexiglass and hinges - mwall, jwarner, jspitzberg&lt;br /&gt;
* 13jul12 re-install mast boot - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 13jul12 re-bed chain plates - mwall, jwarner, jspitzberg&lt;br /&gt;
* 13jul12 install pvc storage tubes in starboard lazarette - jwarner, jspitzberg&lt;br /&gt;
* 12jul12 6 pfds to boat - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 12jul12 2 life jackets into dock box (from pavilion?) - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 12jul12 re-mount companionway board storage rack in starboard lazarette - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jul12 repair and refinish wooden boarding ladder - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jul12 wrenches into wraps - jwarner&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jul12 install wastebin on galley cabinet door - jwarner&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jul12 rebuild companionway board storage box - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jul12 refurbish steering wheel brake - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jul12 re-bed traveler rail - port end is loose - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jul12 coaming - gaps between wood and fiberglass - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 10jul12 connect GPS NMEA0183 output to VHF radio - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 07jul12 connect footlights - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 07jul12 replace corroded nav light sockets at bow - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 07jul12 connect blower - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 07jul12 connect fridge - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 06jul12 connect wind/depth/GPS instruments via NMEA2000 network - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 04jul12 connected stern light - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 03jul12 connect sidelights - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 03jul12 [[replace traveler hardware]] - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 03jul12 install new traveler car - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 03jul12 install new end controls - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 03jul12 re-bed head dorade tube and dorade - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 03jul12 seal cockpit holes - 2 compasses - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 03jul12 install new blower hood at stbd aft toerail - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 03jul12 remount and seal garmin instruments&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jul12 fix oil filter leak - big leak at top of blue filter housing on aft end of engine - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 02ul12 fabricate oil catch pan - temporary solution from three foil trays - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 install dinghy registration sticker - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 stow remaining bluewater gear at pavilion - mwall, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 tune life lines, recondition turnbuckles and shackles - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 re-seat pulpit - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 bring remaining gear to boat - sbussolari, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 rebed main sheet (2) and main halyard (1) cheek blocks - sbussolari, brehrig&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 reinstall dinghy u-bolt, dock lines, and lock - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 fix dinghy painter - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 unplug propane enclosure drain - brehrig&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 clean propane enclosure - brehrig&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 clean ice box - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 clean head ceiling - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 plug two holes in aft toerail - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 01jul12 fabricate oil catch pan - temporary solution from two foil trays - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 installed lock on dock box - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 re-tie dinghy bow/stern lines - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 properly configure dinghy straps - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 sort out dinghy equipment (extra pumps/hoses, etc), put single spare in dock box - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 install fast pins on locking bars - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* -skip-- replace alternator belt (40&amp;quot; 25-9425) - does not need replacement, as smaller will not work - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 replace broken boom vang tackle (6:1) and line - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 5 halyard blocks at base of mast for 1/2&amp;quot; line - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 2 main sheet blocks for 1/2&amp;quot; line - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 install exhaust riser insulation - mwall, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 install jib - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 clean and grease rudder rack and pinion - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 mount gps and instruments - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 30jun12 mount new blower - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun12 glass over former cooler access on port lazarette - sbussolari, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun12 glass over hole above garmin chartplotter - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun12 strip and bleach ceiling above starboard berths - ebrown, sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun12 strip and bleach ceiling above port berths - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun12 strip and bleach ceiling above nav berth - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 29jun12 procure bag for dinghy pump/hose - purple bag at pavilion, can hang from dingy seat&lt;br /&gt;
* 28jun12 manual bilge pump tested and repaired - uferner, scott&lt;br /&gt;
* 28jun12 aft pair of 32in winches rebuilt - uferner, scott&lt;br /&gt;
* 28jun12 clean cabinets between main cabin and v-berth&lt;br /&gt;
* 28jun12 clean v-berth hull - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 28jun12 drill hole in nav station floorboard - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun12 replace forward hatch gasket - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun12 adjust seal on prop shaft to reduce shaft heat buildup - sdynes, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun12 install navigation lights sub-panel - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun12 re-install radio, radar, &amp;amp; engine instrument panel&lt;br /&gt;
* 24jun12 install horn button&lt;br /&gt;
* 23jun12 Re-install engine instruments panel - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 23jun12 replace engine indicator panel plexiglass - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun12 replace raw water strainer mesh - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 22jun12 replace raw water strainer gasket - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 18jun12 secure freshwater faucet in v-berth - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18jun12 refurbish dinghy - ksovie, ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 18jun12 rebed freshwater in thru-deck - sbussolari, sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 18jun12 install mast boot (temporary) - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18jun12 repair main cabin floor support port side of mast base - simon&lt;br /&gt;
* 18jun12 install hooks in v-berth cabinets - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 18jun12 diagnose and repair fuel supply problem - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 christen the head - sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 leak-test septic system - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 clean and deploy guppy - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 clean and install dorade vents - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 plug leaks in mast ring - sbussolari, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 plug holes in nav table - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 inflate fenders - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 seal deck holes - 30-some screw holes for interior grab rails - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 seal deck holes - 6 from old jam cleats - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 seal deck holes - 6 from old aluminum track along starboard side of companionway - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 seal deck holes - re-bed old baby-stay hard point - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 16jun12 seal cockpit holes - 2 in port lazarette drain gulley - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 15jun12 re-thread and refurbish soap dispenser at galley - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 14jun12 repair engine compartment panels and hinges - danderson&lt;br /&gt;
* 12jun12 secure nav station stool - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 12jun12 install new exhaust riser - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 12jun12 reconnect coolant hoses - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 12jun12 flush and replace coolant - tyoung, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jun12 replace two port-side oil hoses - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jun12 replace engine exhaust - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jun12 replace seawater impeller - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jun12 replace/clean primary fuel filter - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 11jun12 replace/clean fuel/water separator - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 10jun12 change oil - sdynes, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 10jun12 re-plumb engine shutoff - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jun12 strip peeling paint in cabin interior - tyoung, ksovie, others&lt;br /&gt;
* ??jun12 bleach interior surfaces to kill mildew - tyoung, ksovie, others&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jun12 reinstalled v-berth sink hatch with finger catch - dca&lt;br /&gt;
* 02jun12 repaired galley floor stringer - dca&lt;br /&gt;
* 26may12 reinstalled companionway steps - dca&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may12 second coat of bottom paint to stbd keel surface - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may12 re-bed chain plates - mwall (6 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
* 21may12 fabricate steel backing plates for part of large chain plates&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may12 buff topsides - mwall (3 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may12 install mast hardware - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may12 repair more wiring - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may12 apply fastprop to propellor and shaft - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may12 fabricate g10 backing plates for chain plates - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may12 seal rotted core at chain plates - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may12 paint starboard keel surface first coat - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 20may12 paint head thru-hull first coat - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may12 check and rewire 12V system - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may12 second coat of paint on mast spots - eric&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may12 remove blower vent, worn jam cleat - larry&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may12 second coat of bottom paint touchup - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may12 apply more filler on keel - uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may12 install head thru-hull - simon&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may12 remove corroded backing plates for chain plates - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may12 replace exhaust thru-hull - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 19may12 paint transducer - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may12 remove compasses for refurbishment - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may12 install new floorboard - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may12 plumb refurbished toilet - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may12 install new breakers, wiring - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may12 grind epoxy from chainplates - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may12 install new starter motor - tyoung, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18may12 bottom paint touchup - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may12 clean waterline - dhealey, uferner&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may12 polish prop - retro&lt;br /&gt;
* 13may12 repair broken floor support in galley - danderson&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may12 install terminator for mast wind instruments - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may12 install horn on mast - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may12 paint mast - mar, mangle, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 11may12 repair mast corrosion - mwall, kwinstein, tyoung, sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 [[install bilge switches]] (2, illuminated when pump on) - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 tidy up electrical wiring in nav area - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may12 sand/grind cracks in bottom - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may12 apply filler to bottom cracks - sdynes, tyoung, retro&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may12 paint the bottom - dhealey, uferner, sdynes, mar, retro&lt;br /&gt;
* 17may12 install new engine mount - mangle&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 clear obstructions from drainage tubes under primary winches - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 remove unused wedges from worn jam cleats - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 remove starter motor - tyoung, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 sand hull to prep for paint - retro, dweisman&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 clean waterline - uferner, dweisman&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 sand/grind/feather keel - sdynes&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 sand epoxy on mast - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 plug 4 holes in rudder - retro&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 replace zincs on propellor shaft - dweisman&lt;br /&gt;
* 14may12 remove 5200 scraps from thru-hulls - tyoung, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar12 replace septic system hoses - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 install holding tank - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 rebuild toilet - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 fabricate head floorboard - sbussolari, thall&lt;br /&gt;
* 10may12 figure out better path for traveler lines and cleats - decision made to use 4:1 traveler with cam cleats on ends&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar12 replace fractured compass glass on pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* ??apr12 fix nav station clock - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 install saltwater washdown pump in galley - simon&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 freshwater: install new hoses - simon&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 freshwater: install new faucets in head/cabin - simon&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 freshwater: install saltwater pre-wash to galley sink - simon&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 freshwater: install new drain hoses - simon&lt;br /&gt;
* ??may12 freshwater: refurbish and install pump, accumulator, filter - simon&lt;br /&gt;
* 10may12 re-core part of foredeck - wfoster&lt;br /&gt;
* ??apr12 diagnose and repair cracks on deck around jib halyard block&lt;br /&gt;
* ??apr12 inspect chainplates and mast rigging&lt;br /&gt;
* ??apr12 re-plumb and rebuild/replace manual bilge pumps (one manual pump installed)&lt;br /&gt;
* ??apr12 rewire and re-plumb primary (diaphram) bilge pump&lt;br /&gt;
* ??apr12 install secondary (submersible) bilge pump&lt;br /&gt;
* 26apr12 drill hole for saltwater hand pump&lt;br /&gt;
* ??mar12 install new thru-hull valves&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 remove toilet floorboard for repair - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 remove batteries from boat - ebrown, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 clean bilge well - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 clean bildge - ebrown, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 clean engine - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 remove hot water heater - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 remove propane fittings - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 clean cockpit hull interior - kwinstein, tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 refine septic system layout - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 refine bilge system layout - kwinstein&lt;br /&gt;
* 18feb12 tighten tent - ebrown&lt;br /&gt;
* 15feb12 clean bilge - mwall, ebrown, swatts&lt;br /&gt;
* 15feb12 remove old bilge hoses - kwinstein&lt;br /&gt;
* 04feb12 remove headliner and trim - simon, mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 04feb12 remove unused wiring - tyoung&lt;br /&gt;
* 04feb12 remove freshwater hoses and corroded fittings - simon&lt;br /&gt;
* 04feb12 remove riser and exhaust hose - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 04feb12 clean deck, collect old parts - keith&lt;br /&gt;
* 15jan12 eliminate rudder leaks - wfoster&lt;br /&gt;
* ??oct11 shorten dinghy painter to 2 dinghy boat lengths&lt;br /&gt;
* ??oct11 identify source of bilgewater (bilge filled while sailing 10sep11)&lt;br /&gt;
* ??oct11 install float switch on primary bilge pump&lt;br /&gt;
* 01oct11 Installed interior dogging handles on aft hatch - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 24sep11 installed dorade vents - stefie tellex&lt;br /&gt;
* 24sep11 installed snuffer on asymmetric spinnaker - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 14sep11 install bilge pump float switch and wire to primary bilge pump - mwall and sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 15sep11 create as-is septic schematic - ted&lt;br /&gt;
* 11sep11 install security wire in dinghy - eric&lt;br /&gt;
* 11sep11 install retainer bungies on port and starboard lazarette lids - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 11sep11 install winch holders in cockpit - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 11sep11 install dodger to reduce water through coaming and companionway&lt;br /&gt;
* 11sep11 install reefing line - thall&lt;br /&gt;
* 11sep11 replace screws on lazarette latches - eric, simon&lt;br /&gt;
* 11sep11 clean bilge - ksovie, bdeffenbaugh&lt;br /&gt;
* 11sep11 install mast boot tape - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 10sep11 install temporary oil catchpan&lt;br /&gt;
* 10sep11 inventory of lines on board - kwinstein and stellex&lt;br /&gt;
* 10sep11 septic diagram - kwinstein and stellex&lt;br /&gt;
* 10sep11 re-rig lazy jack lines - mwall&lt;br /&gt;
* 10sep11 tighten lifelines - sbussolari&lt;br /&gt;
* 03sep11 Commission Dinghy and berth at Waterboat Marina - ted&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Winterization</id>
		<title>Winterization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Winterization"/>
				<updated>2015-10-08T18:19:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a list of things that must be done to make the boat ready for winter:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* get *all* water out of the bilges and underfloor areas&lt;br /&gt;
* open all thru-hulls&lt;br /&gt;
* remove spinnaker blocks from aft mounts and stow them somewhere on board&lt;br /&gt;
* drain freshwater system.  then pour 6 gallons of poly antifreeze (pink stuff) into the freshwater tank.  then open hot water faucet at galley until antifreeze comes out.  then open hot water faucet at head until antifreeze comes out.  then do the same with cold faucets.&lt;br /&gt;
* pour pink antifreeze in toilet, pump through to holding tank until you can see about 1/2&amp;quot; of pink in the bottom of the holding tank. should be about 1 gallon for this.&lt;br /&gt;
* winterize the engine.  with the boat in the water, run the engine.  close the seawater thru-hull.  open the cap to the seawater strainer.  pour in antifreeze until it starts coming out the exhaust.  then shut down the engine.  should be about 3-4 gallons of antifreeze for this.&lt;br /&gt;
* be sure cushions are stowed properly at pavilion - hang from ceiling, minimize crushing/kinking/folding.&lt;br /&gt;
* pfds can stay on the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
* sails should be hung from ceiling at pavilion to avoid rodent infestation&lt;br /&gt;
* remove steering wheel and stow/tiedown on the bow&lt;br /&gt;
* be sure tools are not waterlogged or grease covered&lt;br /&gt;
* medical kit should be removed to some place that will be above freezing over the winter, to avoid damage to medications.&lt;br /&gt;
* be ready for haulout:&lt;br /&gt;
** ensure that all pins are placed into a plastic cup/bin&lt;br /&gt;
** have wiring disconnected and tied/taped to avoid fouling&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2015-10-08T18:16:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= MIT Sailing Wiki =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MITNA Exec]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Boat Specifications/Repair Info]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ratings]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bluewater]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lynx 16]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Firefly]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Learn-to-Sail]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Windsurfing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sailing Team]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Offshore Sailing Course]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Web Server]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the Website]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MIT Sailing on Facebook ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page for MIT Sailing Pavilion: http://www.facebook.com/MIT.Sailing.Pavilion&lt;br /&gt;
* Group for MIT Sailing: http://www.facebook.com/groups/317045605039877&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Old items: ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Catamaran]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Rhodes 19s]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Wiki Accounts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it is hard to link Wiki logins to MITNA logins, so your Wiki &amp;amp;amp; MITNA accounts must be separate. Because of annoying spam engines we had to restrict Wiki account creations to be manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want a Wiki account please [http://sailing.mit.edu/contact.php?sel=www contact the Webmaster]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/MITNA_Exec</id>
		<title>MITNA Exec</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/MITNA_Exec"/>
				<updated>2015-10-08T18:14:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains various notes for the MITNA Executive Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tasks that MITNA has to do throughout the year ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Reserve Lobby 10 for a sailboat the week after Spring Break.  The Campus Activities Complex only accepts reservations the week after Thanksgiving, and we've had some trouble convincing them to do this in the past. In order to do this: Go to the CAC office, fifth floor of the Stratton Student Center. At the reception ask &amp;quot;to reserve an area of Lobby 10 for the week after spring break in order to place a fully-rigged Tech dinghy for the purpose of promoting the activities of the MIT Sailing Pavilion&amp;quot;. You will probably need to use the following facts: MIT Sailing has been using that space for more than 20 years (quite longer, I think). MIT Nautical Association is currently not a ASA student organization - however, it is one of the biggest MIT groups in terms of numbers of members and activity. We do *not* need a 'booth space' in Lobby 10 - we need a roughly 15'x7' space behind the booths (towards the glass doors that look onto Killian Court) to put the boat. Finally, you might also need to use the fact that we have never been denied this space in the past.&lt;br /&gt;
* Call an annual meeting for the second or third week after classes start in the fall.  Nominate someone for the MITNA service award.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Things that MITNA should perhaps look into doing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the prescribed time for annual meetings in the constitution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clarify the relationship between sailing cards and MITNA membership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Server details ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see the server details in the [[Web Server]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mailing Lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MITNA runs a number of mailing lists.  Some of the important ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mailman Lists ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== General List ====&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna''': fully moderated list which reaches all members of MITNA; people are added to the list automatically whenever they get a sailing card (but they can remove themselves). The list is &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the sense that people can add themselves to it. Nobody can send e-mails to the list except for the Sailing Master and MITNA Exec Commodore and Secretary.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-wind''': list which gets sent an e-mail when the wind is averaging 18mph or above (ie, &amp;quot;helmsman&amp;quot; wind). People add/remove themselves through their &amp;quot;account&amp;quot; page in sailing.mit.edu.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-discuss''': a self-moderated list where mitna and sailing general topics can be discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Learn-to-Sail ====&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-wednesday, mitna-sunday''': &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; list to ask questions to the Learn-to-Sail instructors.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-wednesday-inst, mitna-sunday-inst''': lists to contact the volunteers (&amp;quot;instructors&amp;quot;) that help teach the wednesday and sunday classes, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-r19''': public list to contact the &amp;quot;Intro to R19&amp;quot; class organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Racing ====&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-racing''': &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; list to ask questions to the Racing Chair and others who volunteer to run racing programs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-racing-members''': fully moderated list to contact all the people with racing cards and others who opted to be in the racing list. The list in &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in that people can add/remove themselves freely. But only the Racing Chair, Commodore, Secretary, and Sailing Master can send e-mails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moira Lists ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-exec''': executive committee members.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sailing-request''': controls other moira lists and is a general help address; not really used for public contact. Usually is the sailing master, dockmaster, team coaches, commodore, secretary, webmaster, and some staff.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sailing-www''' = '''sailing-web''': to contact the webmaster.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-learn''': joins ''mitna-sunday'' and ''mitna-wednesday'' so the public can contact instructors of both days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-MITNA Sailing Lists ===&lt;br /&gt;
These are '''not''' managed by MITNA, but are useful to know they exist:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sailing-team''' = '''sailingteam''': ''moira'' : members of the sailing team and those that help them.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sailing''' : ''moira'' : list for the sailing master.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''dockmaster''': ''moira'' : the current dockmaster (staff manager) and sailing master.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Main_Page</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Main_Page"/>
				<updated>2015-10-08T18:12:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;MIT Sailing Wiki&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[MITNA Exec]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Boat Specifications/Repair Info]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Ratings]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Bluewater]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Lynx 16]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Firefly]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Learn-to-Sail]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Windsurfing]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Sailing Team]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Offshore Sailing Course]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Web Server]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Using the Website]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Old items:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Catamaran]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;[[Rhodes 19s]]&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Wiki Accounts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately it is hard to link Wiki logins to MITNA logins, so your Wiki &amp;amp;amp; MITNA accounts must be separate. Because of annoying spam engines we had to restrict Wiki account creations to be manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want a Wiki account please [http://sailing.mit.edu/contact.php?sel=www contact the Webmaster]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16</id>
		<title>Lynx 16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16"/>
				<updated>2015-09-30T03:25:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx10b.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 under way.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MIT Sailing Pavilion has a fleet of six 16-foot gaff-rigged boats built&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://areyspondboatyard.com/apby-built-boats/lynx-16-open-cockpit Arey's Pond Boat Yard]. &lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a traditional Cape Cod [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catboat catboat], with one mast at the front of the boat and one gaff rigged sail, meaning the sail is four-sided. &lt;br /&gt;
The style is traditional for workboats off Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. &lt;br /&gt;
Other cat-rigged boats at MIT include the Tech Dinghy and the Laser, but the Lynx is the only one with a gaff rig.&lt;br /&gt;
Some history and culture of catboats are explained in this [http://areyspondboatyard.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/sailmagazine-catboats.pdf article] from SAIL magazine.&lt;br /&gt;
It is a great party boat because &lt;br /&gt;
it holds six to eight people, is relatively stable, and has a distinctive style. It is used for the monthly moonlight sailing nights. This document&lt;br /&gt;
describes how to rig and sail the Lynx. Other pages explain about [[Lynx harbor trips | trips to Boston Harbor]] and [[Lynx overnight trips | overnight trips]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its distinctive rig, the Lynx is a very recognizable boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As such, sailors should consider themselves ambassadors for MIT and&lt;br /&gt;
practice good seamanship, following the rules for right-of-way with&lt;br /&gt;
sailboats, motor boats, and human-powered vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aim of this page is to give detailed information on every aspect of the Lynx.  [[Lynx_16_Cheat_Sheet]] is a one-page summary with just the essentials.  Track repair, maintenance, and purchase items at [[Lynx_maintenance]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When sailing in the Charles River Basin, all the Pavilion rules apply&lt;br /&gt;
in terms of areas allowed to sail and recall signals.  The Lynx's&lt;br /&gt;
draft is shallow: 4'6&amp;quot; feet with the centerboard down, and 14&amp;quot; with&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard up, but it's still bad idea to run aground in Boston!&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the higher boom on the Lynx than our other boats, helmets are not required for the crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to keep some general guidelines in mind when sailing &lt;br /&gt;
the Lynx.  First, keep the lanes clear.  Stow all backpacks and gear &lt;br /&gt;
under the bench, so that crew can quickly move from  the back to the front &lt;br /&gt;
of the boat.  Second, make sure the mainsheet and halyards are always &lt;br /&gt;
running free; never tie them to themselves or stow them in a way that &lt;br /&gt;
cannot be quickly released.  (But never untie the stopper knots in these lines!)&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the mainsheet sometimes gets caught on the traveler when &lt;br /&gt;
tacking or gybing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rigging the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a gaff-rigged boat, unlike MIT's other boats.  A&lt;br /&gt;
gaff-rigged boat has a second spar called the gaff, which lies&lt;br /&gt;
parallel to the boom when the sail is down, and rises at an angle&lt;br /&gt;
above the mast when the sail is up.  This&lt;br /&gt;
rig increases the size of the sail area the mast and boom can carry,&lt;br /&gt;
with less heeling than a triangular sail, although it cannot sail as&lt;br /&gt;
close to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prepare the Lynx for sailing, first take off the sail cover, roll&lt;br /&gt;
it up, and stow it under a bench. Take off the tiller-tamers, the&lt;br /&gt;
lines holding the tiller stationary.  Take out the boom crutch and&lt;br /&gt;
stow it under the benches.  Lower the centerboard all the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the mainsheet is not cleated or fouled. But never take the&lt;br /&gt;
stopper knots off the end of the mainsheet!  These are there to&lt;br /&gt;
prevent the mainsheet from flying out of the boat, and to prevent the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail from gybing around the front of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the sail, first note that the Lynx has not one, but two&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, one to raise each end of the gaff.  The end of the gaff&lt;br /&gt;
closest to the mast is called the ''throat''; the end farthest from&lt;br /&gt;
the mast is called the ''peak''.  The corresponding halyards are&lt;br /&gt;
called the throat halyard and the peak halyard.  To raise the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail, pull both halyards up at about the same rate.  Pull the&lt;br /&gt;
throat halyard tight as high as it will go.  Then raise the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard until the sail is smooth.  If the peak is too loose, there&lt;br /&gt;
will be horizontal wrinkles in the sail; too tight, and the sail will&lt;br /&gt;
have vertical wrinkles.  Adjust it so that there is just a hint of a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical wrinkle, as the lines will stretch once underway.  Coil the&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, laying the coils in opposite directions.  Do not finish by tying the halyard to itself, as&lt;br /&gt;
that might make it difficult to quickly lower the sail in an emergency.  Instead, reach&lt;br /&gt;
through the coil and pick up the line where it comes off the cam&lt;br /&gt;
cleat, pull the loop back through the coil, and loop it over the horn&lt;br /&gt;
cleat.  Then if the halyard needs to be lowered in a hurry, it can be&lt;br /&gt;
lifted off the cleat, dropped on the deck, and it is ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the lanes are clear in the boat: the fender should be wedged&lt;br /&gt;
under the seat, and backpacks should be pushed under the benches.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
the crew can quickly reach the front of the boat in order to lower the&lt;br /&gt;
sails or open the dry storage space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Casting Off ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving the dock, pull the sail in to power up the boat and push&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller towards the dock.  It will probably be necessary to give&lt;br /&gt;
the boat a large push to get it onto the correct tack.  Make sure the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard is all the way down to make it turn as quickly as&lt;br /&gt;
possible.  Once the boat is away from the dock, stow the fender under&lt;br /&gt;
the bench. Wedge it in place so it will not move while under way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When casting off from a mooring, make sure the mooring is attached to&lt;br /&gt;
the bow cleat closest to the wall.  Switch cleats if necessary.  Pull&lt;br /&gt;
the sail all the way in and push the tiller towards the wall.  The&lt;br /&gt;
boat will power up and tack away from the wall.  Once the boat is on&lt;br /&gt;
the correct tack so that it is heading away from the wall, one person&lt;br /&gt;
should release the boat from the mooring and walk back along the wall&lt;br /&gt;
side of the boat.  This action will help the boat turn on the correct&lt;br /&gt;
tack to sail away from the wall.  The more experienced person should&lt;br /&gt;
do this job (the skipper if necessary); anyone can push the tiller&lt;br /&gt;
towards the wall, while the person handling the mooring line can make&lt;br /&gt;
or break the launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not drop the mooring line until the boat is powered up and sailing&lt;br /&gt;
away from the wall.  If necessary, more people can help hold the line&lt;br /&gt;
and get it back on the cleat for another try.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tacking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When tacking in the Lynx, pull in the sail and start to turn the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
The boat does not head upwind well, so do not pull in the sail too&lt;br /&gt;
far.  Make sure the centerboard is all the way down. Do not push the&lt;br /&gt;
tiller all the way over, or the boat will slow down and may get stuck&lt;br /&gt;
in irons.  Instead, push it about three quarters of the way over so&lt;br /&gt;
that the boat makes a gradual turn.  (Of course, turning too slowly&lt;br /&gt;
may also result in being stuck in irons.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do get stuck in irons,&lt;br /&gt;
leave the mainsheet loose and wait for the boat to start moving backwards,&lt;br /&gt;
then push the tiller over to the side you want to the bow to point. Once&lt;br /&gt;
the boat has turned out of irons, trim in the mainsheet to start moving forwards again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gybing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gybe, get on a broad reach.  Alert the crew to prepare to gybe, and&lt;br /&gt;
pull the sail in about half way.  Begin the turn; as the boat turns,&lt;br /&gt;
the crew should continue pulling in the sail.  Warn the crew as the&lt;br /&gt;
sail comes around.  Once the sail moves, let it back out and trim it&lt;br /&gt;
properly for the new course.  If the sail is pulled in too soon before&lt;br /&gt;
the turn, or not let out quickly enough after the turn, the boat will&lt;br /&gt;
develop strong weather helm and try to turn into the wind.  Because&lt;br /&gt;
the sail is so big, it is dangerous to do an uncontrolled gybe.&lt;br /&gt;
Always pull in the sail and let it back out as the boat turns.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When heading downwind, never let the sail out past the stopper knots&lt;br /&gt;
on the mainsheet.  Never remove the stopper knots from the sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Centerboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is more pleasant to sail if the centerboard is balanced with&lt;br /&gt;
the sail.  The boat can be steered with the centerboard: when it is&lt;br /&gt;
all the way down, it will have weather helm and turn towards the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
All the way up and it will have lee helm, and turn downwind. (This&lt;br /&gt;
works best if all the weight is towards the back of the boat.)  Adjust&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard so it has a slight weather helm for the current point&lt;br /&gt;
of sail.  This adjustment will reduce the pull on the tiller and&lt;br /&gt;
reduce drag in the water caused by the centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the centerboard gets stuck.  Often it can be eased up and&lt;br /&gt;
back down or dropped quickly to get it unstuck.  Sometimes it helps to&lt;br /&gt;
tack to take the pressure off the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reefing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wind is 12-15 knots, use the first reef.  If it's 18 knots or&lt;br /&gt;
higher, use the second.  Reefing should be done on the dock rather&lt;br /&gt;
than out in the river, although when out in the harbor it may be&lt;br /&gt;
necessary to do it at sea.  There are reefing clips at two locations&lt;br /&gt;
at the end of the boom, and a reefing hook where the boom meets the&lt;br /&gt;
mast.  The sail has rings (reefing tacks and reefing clews) at the&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding locations on the sail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reef the sail, lower both halyards.  Have someone stand on the bow&lt;br /&gt;
and lift up the lowest white ring as far up the mast as it will go. Someone&lt;br /&gt;
else can hold up the end of the boom, to help the person putting in the reef. &lt;br /&gt;
To put in the reef, first hook the clips into the reefing clew (at the end of the boom).&lt;br /&gt;
The two clips go into the corresponding rings on each side of the&lt;br /&gt;
sail.  Make sure the strap connecting the two clips is not twisted, as&lt;br /&gt;
every millimeter is necessary to put in the reef.  Put in the first&lt;br /&gt;
clip first and then stretch the sail and the clips until the second&lt;br /&gt;
one is in.  Once both clips are in, attach the reefing hook to the&lt;br /&gt;
reefing tack where the boom and the mast meet.  Make sure that&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding reef points are used: do not try to use the second reef&lt;br /&gt;
on the tack and the first reef on the clew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Landing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the centerboard is fully down so the boat will turn sharply. &lt;br /&gt;
Let the sail out to slow the boat down, and make a sharp turn about a&lt;br /&gt;
boat-length away from the dock.  Sharp turns slow the boat down.  Have&lt;br /&gt;
a crew member ready with the bow line to step out of the boat, pass the &lt;br /&gt;
bow line through one of the loops on the edge of the dock and then &lt;br /&gt;
bring the line back to the boat and cleat the line on the bow cleat nearest &lt;br /&gt;
the dock. Don't forget to make sure that the bow line is passing through &lt;br /&gt;
the chock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Putting Away the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To put away the boat, get out the boom crutch and install it in the&lt;br /&gt;
stern. Take out any reefs that have been put in.&lt;br /&gt;
Lower both halyards; the red peak halyard will have to be&lt;br /&gt;
lowered faster than the throat halyard.  The white ''lazy jack'' lines&lt;br /&gt;
will cradle the sail, causing it to fall along the boom.  When the&lt;br /&gt;
sail and boom are all the way down, rest the boom in the crutch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
put the sail cover on the sail, starting from the end of the boom.&lt;br /&gt;
Put the sail cover around the front of the mast but inside the two&lt;br /&gt;
halyard lines.  Tighten and coil the mainsheet and rest it on top of&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Do not tie the mainsheet to itself - just coil it and drape it on &lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Put the tiller tamers on the tiller.  Raise the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panic Moves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is self-bailing, with two drainage holes near the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.  However, if significant water gets in the boat, pumps may be&lt;br /&gt;
located in the dry storage area in the bow.  This area also has an&lt;br /&gt;
anchor and flares for emergencies.  The boat has running lights; the&lt;br /&gt;
switch is located in the stern next to the tiller (but only works if you brought the battery).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpected events happen while sailing.  If the wind picks up suddenly&lt;br /&gt;
and the boat is overpowered, head to wind, and let the sail out.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
sail back to the dock and reef. If it's really crazy, lower the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard all the way to reduce the sail area (&amp;quot;scantelizing the peak&amp;quot;). See [http://www.beetlecat.com/store/Scripts/openExtra.asp?extra=79 example photo] from Beetle Cat, a similar boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the forestay breaks?  Head downwind to take pressure off the&lt;br /&gt;
stay, and then lower the sail.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about if the mainsheet gets lost?  Try to retrieve it by reaching&lt;br /&gt;
along the boom.  If the boat is heading downwind, lower the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard all the way and turn the tiller all the way to one side to&lt;br /&gt;
turn the boat into the wind.  This action will bring the boom back&lt;br /&gt;
over the boat.  (Avoid this problem in the first place by never&lt;br /&gt;
untying the stopper knots in the mainsheet!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the boat is stuck in irons close to the wall?  Warn the crew&lt;br /&gt;
to fend off.  Have them get out the paddle and put out the&lt;br /&gt;
fender. Land facing upwind. Try to cast off by pulling in the sail and&lt;br /&gt;
pushing the boat onto the correct tack with the oar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outline for the Class ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the outline used for teaching the Lynx class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Parts of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boat taxonomy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rigging/hoisting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tacking and jibing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Centerboard and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mooring.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reefing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Panic moves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rules of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things to remember:&lt;br /&gt;
* Never do an uncontrolled jibe. Make a big turn and tack instead if you are not certain you can jibe in a controlled manner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never untie the stopper knot at the end of the mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the chock on the dock line or the mooring line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never cleat off the halyard lines so you can quickly drop the sail if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heavy-weather Lynx sailing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In strong winds, the boat will heel and give a lot of weather helm. You can try raising the centerboard somewhat to counteract this. Be ready to counteract rounding up with the tiller when you get a strong gust, and watch out to windward to be sure you do not hit anything if you do round up. The rudder will come mostly of the water if you heel hard, making you unable to stop rounding up. The solution is to counteract hard and immediately with the tiller, and also to ease the sheet, to keep the boat from heeling to a &amp;quot;point of no return&amp;quot; when you will end up in irons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can scantelize the peak if you need to reduce sail area quickly, or take one or two reefs if you have more time, to be more efficient and permanent. Be sure you are able to do this on the water in case that is necessary: sheet in all the way, steer into the wind as much as possible, lower the throat until you are able to put in the reef at the tack, let the peak come down until the gaff is horizontal, and then put in the clew reefing clips. When double-reefed, the sail area is reduced very greatly, so you will be able to sail comfortably even in quite strong winds. Note that reefing does somewhat hinder the boat's ability to point, so your close-hauled angle will be somewhat farther from the wind; it also raises the boom. You can of course &amp;quot;spill wind&amp;quot; by not sheeting in as much as you usually would, if you are overpowered, which reduces your ability to point even more. When sailing downwind with a strong wind, the bow will be pushed down hard, reducing the rudder area in the water and making it harder to steer, and also making you more likely to take waves over the bow (if in the harbor). Counteract this by moving weight of people (and heavy gear, if aboard) aft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is all the more important to control your jibes in strong winds. You can always do a &amp;quot;chicken jibe&amp;quot; (tack) if in doubt. The safest way to jibe in strong winds (if necessary) is to turn past running, to sailing by the lee briefly, before bringing the mainsail over quickly. This will make the boat be on a reach rather than a run afterward, and mean that the mainsail can be luffing slightly after the maneuver, reducing the force that it will apply on the mast, and thus both the risk of damage and the risk of excessive heeling. (This kind of jibe is good for other dinghies too, incidentally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind will slow you down very quickly if you point into irons. Therefore it can be easier to get stuck in irons, particularly if you attempt to tack when moving slowly. Be sure to have good speed on a close-hauled course before tacking.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/MITNA_Exec</id>
		<title>MITNA Exec</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/MITNA_Exec"/>
				<updated>2015-09-29T23:47:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains various notes for the MITNA Executive Committee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MIT Sailing on Facebook ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page for MIT Sailing Pavilion: http://www.facebook.com/MIT.Sailing.Pavilion&lt;br /&gt;
* Group for MIT Sailing: http://www.facebook.com/groups/317045605039877&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tasks that MITNA has to do throughout the year ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Reserve Lobby 10 for a sailboat the week after Spring Break.  The Campus Activities Complex only accepts reservations the week after Thanksgiving, and we've had some trouble convincing them to do this in the past. In order to do this: Go to the CAC office, fifth floor of the Stratton Student Center. At the reception ask &amp;quot;to reserve an area of Lobby 10 for the week after spring break in order to place a fully-rigged Tech dinghy for the purpose of promoting the activities of the MIT Sailing Pavilion&amp;quot;. You will probably need to use the following facts: MIT Sailing has been using that space for more than 20 years (quite longer, I think). MIT Nautical Association is currently not a ASA student organization - however, it is one of the biggest MIT groups in terms of numbers of members and activity. We do *not* need a 'booth space' in Lobby 10 - we need a roughly 15'x7' space behind the booths (towards the glass doors that look onto Killian Court) to put the boat. Finally, you might also need to use the fact that we have never been denied this space in the past.&lt;br /&gt;
* Call an annual meeting for the second or third week after classes start in the fall.  Nominate someone for the MITNA service award.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Things that MITNA should perhaps look into doing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the prescribed time for annual meetings in the constitution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clarify the relationship between sailing cards and MITNA membership.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Server details ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see the server details in the [[Web Server]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mailing Lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MITNA runs a number of mailing lists.  Some of the important ones are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mailman Lists ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== General List ====&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna''': fully moderated list which reaches all members of MITNA; people are added to the list automatically whenever they get a sailing card (but they can remove themselves). The list is &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the sense that people can add themselves to it. Nobody can send e-mails to the list except for the Sailing Master and MITNA Exec Commodore and Secretary.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-wind''': list which gets sent an e-mail when the wind is averaging 18mph or above (ie, &amp;quot;helmsman&amp;quot; wind). People add/remove themselves through their &amp;quot;account&amp;quot; page in sailing.mit.edu.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-discuss''': a self-moderated list where mitna and sailing general topics can be discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Learn-to-Sail ====&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-wednesday, mitna-sunday''': &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; list to ask questions to the Learn-to-Sail instructors.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-wednesday-inst, mitna-sunday-inst''': lists to contact the volunteers (&amp;quot;instructors&amp;quot;) that help teach the wednesday and sunday classes, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-r19''': public list to contact the &amp;quot;Intro to R19&amp;quot; class organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Racing ====&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-racing''': &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; list to ask questions to the Racing Chair and others who volunteer to run racing programs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-racing-members''': fully moderated list to contact all the people with racing cards and others who opted to be in the racing list. The list in &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in that people can add/remove themselves freely. But only the Racing Chair, Commodore, Secretary, and Sailing Master can send e-mails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moira Lists ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-exec''': executive committee members.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sailing-request''': controls other moira lists and is a general help address; not really used for public contact. Usually is the sailing master, dockmaster, team coaches, commodore, secretary, webmaster, and some staff.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sailing-www''' = '''sailing-web''': to contact the webmaster.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''mitna-learn''': joins ''mitna-sunday'' and ''mitna-wednesday'' so the public can contact instructors of both days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-MITNA Sailing Lists ===&lt;br /&gt;
These are '''not''' managed by MITNA, but are useful to know they exist:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sailing-team''' = '''sailingteam''': ''moira'' : members of the sailing team and those that help them.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sailing''' : ''moira'' : list for the sailing master.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''dockmaster''': ''moira'' : the current dockmaster (staff manager) and sailing master.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Firefly</id>
		<title>Firefly</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Firefly"/>
				<updated>2015-09-29T23:19:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: Created page with &amp;quot;=== Standard stuff dinghies have that we tell beginners not to use on Tech === * vang / gnav * hiking straps: adjusting, being ready, using to hike, pull toward you, can use f...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Standard stuff dinghies have that we tell beginners not to use on Tech ===&lt;br /&gt;
* vang / gnav&lt;br /&gt;
* hiking straps: adjusting, being ready, using to hike, pull toward you, can use far side if tall&lt;br /&gt;
* tiller extension: for hiking, hold like microphone, push by sheet for tacking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Standard things about sloop ===&lt;br /&gt;
(Other sloops: FJ, 420, V-15, RS400 with spinnaker)&lt;br /&gt;
* crew jobs: handle jib, lookout (jib window), adjust centerboard, vang, outhaul, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* crew/jib role in tacking (ease when luffs, trim when over centerline, may tie sheets)&lt;br /&gt;
* crew/jib role in gybing (not so important, video says before main, I would do after, whatever; remember, loose after jibe unless plan to go close-hauled immediately)&lt;br /&gt;
* jib trim: generally same as mainsail, use telltales, can adjust jibcar, except:&lt;br /&gt;
* crew/jib approach to wing-on-wing (heel, prevent, skipper trims), broad reaching&lt;br /&gt;
* communication: ready about? ready. hard to lee! prepare to jibe! ready. jibe-ho!&lt;br /&gt;
* communication: moving weight, desired point of sail and trim, whether to adjust helm or trim for on close-hauled or free direction, using tell-tales.&lt;br /&gt;
* backing jib to get out of irons or turn hard. How sails affect steering.&lt;br /&gt;
* heaving to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Things they may not teach for provisional but I think you should know ===&lt;br /&gt;
* gybing with roll and by the lee, CB down&lt;br /&gt;
* controllable approach to dock (and MOB)&lt;br /&gt;
* planing or surfing: keep flat, bow up, steer for lowest point&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unusual features of Firefly ===&lt;br /&gt;
* colored sails, for team racing&lt;br /&gt;
* very narrow boat&lt;br /&gt;
* fully battened mainsail&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to adjust jib luff tension (and mast rake)&lt;br /&gt;
* may catch mainsheet on rudder -- similar to Laser transom corner and sometimes on Lynx. trim to avoid?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capsizing ===&lt;br /&gt;
* prevent by hiking more, heading up (feathers a lot itself!), easing sheets&lt;br /&gt;
* do deliberately by overtrim, fall off, go to wrong side. in middle, front of pavilion, clear of other boats&lt;br /&gt;
* mainsail headboard flotation, against turtling and getting stuck in mud&lt;br /&gt;
* if possible, go up as capsizes and onto CB, but do not hang on boat or mast&lt;br /&gt;
* check both crew ok, sheets are not tangled (or cleated, in general)&lt;br /&gt;
* one can take bowline to try to orient into wind (definitely not mast into wind)&lt;br /&gt;
* if turtled: stand at gunwhale, hold CB, lean back, to get to capsized position&lt;br /&gt;
* pull on CB near boat not at end, can pull torso on, or even climb up all the way&lt;br /&gt;
* climb in boat while righting if possible, else around stern, holding onto hiking straps&lt;br /&gt;
* check again sheets are clear, keep boat in wind&lt;br /&gt;
* second person can be hoisted by PFD, or can try 'scoop method' if necessary&lt;br /&gt;
* some water will have come in, can bail. Capsizing actually removes most water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ratings ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Firefly class, everyone gets the basic Firefly rating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Advanced Firefly rating is basically sailing in moderate wind (say 12-14 mph) with a crew, and showing you can rig and unrig, take proper care of the boat, sail at all points, execute reasonable tacks and jibes, and do a man (or woman) overboard test. Should know how to reef and some basic rigging adjustments. probably don’t need to capsize. Main benefit is that the staff will know you can take it out in (virtually) all wind conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Class Order of Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* get sail (matching hull), rudder, reef envelope and dongle&lt;br /&gt;
* rig, including reefing. plugs, jib, main.&lt;br /&gt;
* demonstrate? roll jibe, backing jib, heave-to, capsize? dry! dock approach&lt;br /&gt;
* everyone rigs&lt;br /&gt;
* practice launch, tack, jibe, landing&lt;br /&gt;
* practice capsizing&lt;br /&gt;
* free sailing, questions, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* de-rig&lt;br /&gt;
* give basic Firefly rating&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_cartoon</id>
		<title>Lynx cartoon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_cartoon"/>
				<updated>2015-09-29T16:14:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: Created page with &amp;quot;image:pirateLynx.jpg  http://tech.mit.edu/V135/N15/graphics/sullivan.html&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[image:pirateLynx.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://tech.mit.edu/V135/N15/graphics/sullivan.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/File:PirateLynx.jpg</id>
		<title>File:PirateLynx.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/File:PirateLynx.jpg"/>
				<updated>2015-09-29T16:13:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: from http://tech.mit.edu/V135/N15/graphics/sullivan.html&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;from http://tech.mit.edu/V135/N15/graphics/sullivan.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-29T16:09:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Stepping the Mast */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create an event on the website for the trip. Six people per boat is a practical maximum for comfortable sailing all day in the Lynx for a harbor trip. Three is a reasonable minimum: you can certainly sail with two but the process of putting the mast up and down will be very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lowering the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx cannot fit under the bridges with the mast up (as has been depicted in a [[Lynx cartoon | Tech cartoon]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, install the mast crutch.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand-bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27; agree on working channel such as 72 with all skippers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you pass a duckboat, the driver may lead the passengers in yelling &amp;quot;Quack!&amp;quot; at you. The correct response, of course, is &amp;quot;Meow!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://home.comcast.net/~bostondavid/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information on changes or temporary issues of navigation significance are in the Coast Guard's [http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/?pageName=lnmDistrict&amp;amp;region=1 Notices to Mariners].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These websites no longer exist. If they can be re-located, they certainly sound useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the inboard fuel tank of the motor, Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16</id>
		<title>Lynx 16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16"/>
				<updated>2015-09-26T13:44:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx10b.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 under way.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MIT Sailing Pavilion has a fleet of six 16-foot gaff-rigged boats built&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://areyspondboatyard.com/apby-built-boats/lynx-16-open-cockpit Arey's Pond Boat Yard]. &lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a traditional Cape Cod [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catboat catboat], with one mast at the front of the boat and one gaff rigged sail, meaning the sail is four-sided. &lt;br /&gt;
The style is traditional for workboats off Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Other catboats at MIT include the Tech Dinghy and the Laser, but the Lynx is the only one with a gaff rig.&lt;br /&gt;
It is a great party boat because &lt;br /&gt;
it holds six to eight people, is relatively stable, and has a distinctive style. It is used for the monthly moonlight sailing nights. This document&lt;br /&gt;
describes how to rig and sail the Lynx. Other pages explain about [[Lynx harbor trips | trips to Boston Harbor]] and [[Lynx overnight trips | overnight trips]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its distinctive rig, the Lynx is a very recognizable boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As such, sailors should consider themselves ambassadors for MIT and&lt;br /&gt;
practice good seamanship, following the rules for right-of-way with&lt;br /&gt;
sailboats, motor boats, and human-powered vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aim of this page is to give detailed information on every aspect of the Lynx.  [[Lynx_16_Cheat_Sheet]] is a one-page summary with just the essentials.  Track repair, maintenance, and purchase items at [[Lynx_maintenance]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When sailing in the Charles River Basin, all the Pavilion rules apply&lt;br /&gt;
in terms of areas allowed to sail and recall signals.  The Lynx's&lt;br /&gt;
draft is shallow: 4'6&amp;quot; feet with the centerboard down, and 14&amp;quot; with&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard up, but it's still bad idea to run aground in Boston!&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the higher boom on the Lynx than our other boats, helmets are not required for the crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to keep some general guidelines in mind when sailing &lt;br /&gt;
the Lynx.  First, keep the lanes clear.  Stow all backpacks and gear &lt;br /&gt;
under the bench, so that crew can quickly move from  the back to the front &lt;br /&gt;
of the boat.  Second, make sure the mainsheet and halyards are always &lt;br /&gt;
running free; never tie them to themselves or stow them in a way that &lt;br /&gt;
cannot be quickly released.  (But never untie the stopper knots in these lines!)&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the mainsheet sometimes gets caught on the traveler when &lt;br /&gt;
tacking or gybing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rigging the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a gaff-rigged boat, unlike MIT's other boats.  A&lt;br /&gt;
gaff-rigged boat has a second spar called the gaff, which lies&lt;br /&gt;
parallel to the boom when the sail is down, and rises at an angle&lt;br /&gt;
above the mast when the sail is up.  This&lt;br /&gt;
rig increases the size of the sail area the mast and boom can carry,&lt;br /&gt;
with less heeling than a triangular sail, although it cannot sail as&lt;br /&gt;
close to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prepare the Lynx for sailing, first take off the sail cover, roll&lt;br /&gt;
it up, and stow it under a bench. Take off the tiller-tamers, the&lt;br /&gt;
lines holding the tiller stationary.  Take out the boom crutch and&lt;br /&gt;
stow it under the benches.  Lower the centerboard all the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the mainsheet is not cleated or fouled. But never take the&lt;br /&gt;
stopper knots off the end of the mainsheet!  These are there to&lt;br /&gt;
prevent the mainsheet from flying out of the boat, and to prevent the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail from gybing around the front of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the sail, first note that the Lynx has not one, but two&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, one to raise each end of the gaff.  The end of the gaff&lt;br /&gt;
closest to the mast is called the ''throat''; the end farthest from&lt;br /&gt;
the mast is called the ''peak''.  The corresponding halyards are&lt;br /&gt;
called the throat halyard and the peak halyard.  To raise the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail, pull both halyards up at about the same rate.  Pull the&lt;br /&gt;
throat halyard tight as high as it will go.  Then raise the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard until the sail is smooth.  If the peak is too loose, there&lt;br /&gt;
will be horizontal wrinkles in the sail; too tight, and the sail will&lt;br /&gt;
have vertical wrinkles.  Adjust it so that there is just a hint of a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical wrinkle, as the lines will stretch once underway.  Coil the&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, laying the coils in opposite directions.  Do not finish by tying the halyard to itself, as&lt;br /&gt;
that might make it difficult to quickly lower the sail in an emergency.  Instead, reach&lt;br /&gt;
through the coil and pick up the line where it comes off the cam&lt;br /&gt;
cleat, pull the loop back through the coil, and loop it over the horn&lt;br /&gt;
cleat.  Then if the halyard needs to be lowered in a hurry, it can be&lt;br /&gt;
lifted off the cleat, dropped on the deck, and it is ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the lanes are clear in the boat: the fender should be wedged&lt;br /&gt;
under the seat, and backpacks should be pushed under the benches.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
the crew can quickly reach the front of the boat in order to lower the&lt;br /&gt;
sails or open the dry storage space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Casting Off ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving the dock, pull the sail in to power up the boat and push&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller towards the dock.  It will probably be necessary to give&lt;br /&gt;
the boat a large push to get it onto the correct tack.  Make sure the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard is all the way down to make it turn as quickly as&lt;br /&gt;
possible.  Once the boat is away from the dock, stow the fender under&lt;br /&gt;
the bench. Wedge it in place so it will not move while under way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When casting off from a mooring, make sure the mooring is attached to&lt;br /&gt;
the bow cleat closest to the wall.  Switch cleats if necessary.  Pull&lt;br /&gt;
the sail all the way in and push the tiller towards the wall.  The&lt;br /&gt;
boat will power up and tack away from the wall.  Once the boat is on&lt;br /&gt;
the correct tack so that it is heading away from the wall, one person&lt;br /&gt;
should release the boat from the mooring and walk back along the wall&lt;br /&gt;
side of the boat.  This action will help the boat turn on the correct&lt;br /&gt;
tack to sail away from the wall.  The more experienced person should&lt;br /&gt;
do this job (the skipper if necessary); anyone can push the tiller&lt;br /&gt;
towards the wall, while the person handling the mooring line can make&lt;br /&gt;
or break the launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not drop the mooring line until the boat is powered up and sailing&lt;br /&gt;
away from the wall.  If necessary, more people can help hold the line&lt;br /&gt;
and get it back on the cleat for another try.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tacking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When tacking in the Lynx, pull in the sail and start to turn the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
The boat does not head upwind well, so do not pull in the sail too&lt;br /&gt;
far.  Make sure the centerboard is all the way down. Do not push the&lt;br /&gt;
tiller all the way over, or the boat will slow down and may get stuck&lt;br /&gt;
in irons.  Instead, push it about three quarters of the way over so&lt;br /&gt;
that the boat makes a gradual turn.  (Of course, turning too slowly&lt;br /&gt;
may also result in being stuck in irons.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do get stuck in irons,&lt;br /&gt;
leave the mainsheet loose and wait for the boat to start moving backwards,&lt;br /&gt;
then push the tiller over to the side you want to the bow to point. Once&lt;br /&gt;
the boat has turned out of irons, trim in the mainsheet to start moving forwards again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gybing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gybe, get on a broad reach.  Alert the crew to prepare to gybe, and&lt;br /&gt;
pull the sail in about half way.  Begin the turn; as the boat turns,&lt;br /&gt;
the crew should continue pulling in the sail.  Warn the crew as the&lt;br /&gt;
sail comes around.  Once the sail moves, let it back out and trim it&lt;br /&gt;
properly for the new course.  If the sail is pulled in too soon before&lt;br /&gt;
the turn, or not let out quickly enough after the turn, the boat will&lt;br /&gt;
develop strong weather helm and try to turn into the wind.  Because&lt;br /&gt;
the sail is so big, it is dangerous to do an uncontrolled gybe.&lt;br /&gt;
Always pull in the sail and let it back out as the boat turns.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When heading downwind, never let the sail out past the stopper knots&lt;br /&gt;
on the mainsheet.  Never remove the stopper knots from the sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Centerboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is more pleasant to sail if the centerboard is balanced with&lt;br /&gt;
the sail.  The boat can be steered with the centerboard: when it is&lt;br /&gt;
all the way down, it will have weather helm and turn towards the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
All the way up and it will have lee helm, and turn downwind. (This&lt;br /&gt;
works best if all the weight is towards the back of the boat.)  Adjust&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard so it has a slight weather helm for the current point&lt;br /&gt;
of sail.  This adjustment will reduce the pull on the tiller and&lt;br /&gt;
reduce drag in the water caused by the centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the centerboard gets stuck.  Often it can be eased up and&lt;br /&gt;
back down or dropped quickly to get it unstuck.  Sometimes it helps to&lt;br /&gt;
tack to take the pressure off the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reefing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wind is 12-15 knots, use the first reef.  If it's 18 knots or&lt;br /&gt;
higher, use the second.  Reefing should be done on the dock rather&lt;br /&gt;
than out in the river, although when out in the harbor it may be&lt;br /&gt;
necessary to do it at sea.  There are reefing clips at two locations&lt;br /&gt;
at the end of the boom, and a reefing hook where the boom meets the&lt;br /&gt;
mast.  The sail has rings (reefing tacks and reefing clews) at the&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding locations on the sail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reef the sail, lower both halyards.  Have someone stand on the bow&lt;br /&gt;
and lift up the lowest white ring as far up the mast as it will go. Someone&lt;br /&gt;
else can hold up the end of the boom, to help the person putting in the reef. &lt;br /&gt;
To put in the reef, first hook the clips into the reefing clew (at the end of the boom).&lt;br /&gt;
The two clips go into the corresponding rings on each side of the&lt;br /&gt;
sail.  Make sure the strap connecting the two clips is not twisted, as&lt;br /&gt;
every millimeter is necessary to put in the reef.  Put in the first&lt;br /&gt;
clip first and then stretch the sail and the clips until the second&lt;br /&gt;
one is in.  Once both clips are in, attach the reefing hook to the&lt;br /&gt;
reefing tack where the boom and the mast meet.  Make sure that&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding reef points are used: do not try to use the second reef&lt;br /&gt;
on the tack and the first reef on the clew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Landing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the centerboard is fully down so the boat will turn sharply. &lt;br /&gt;
Let the sail out to slow the boat down, and make a sharp turn about a&lt;br /&gt;
boat-length away from the dock.  Sharp turns slow the boat down.  Have&lt;br /&gt;
a crew member ready with the bow line to step out of the boat, pass the &lt;br /&gt;
bow line through one of the loops on the edge of the dock and then &lt;br /&gt;
bring the line back to the boat and cleat the line on the bow cleat nearest &lt;br /&gt;
the dock. Don't forget to make sure that the bow line is passing through &lt;br /&gt;
the chock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Putting Away the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To put away the boat, get out the boom crutch and install it in the&lt;br /&gt;
stern. Take out any reefs that have been put in.&lt;br /&gt;
Lower both halyards; the red peak halyard will have to be&lt;br /&gt;
lowered faster than the throat halyard.  The white ''lazy jack'' lines&lt;br /&gt;
will cradle the sail, causing it to fall along the boom.  When the&lt;br /&gt;
sail and boom are all the way down, rest the boom in the crutch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
put the sail cover on the sail, starting from the end of the boom.&lt;br /&gt;
Put the sail cover around the front of the mast but inside the two&lt;br /&gt;
halyard lines.  Tighten and coil the mainsheet and rest it on top of&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Do not tie the mainsheet to itself - just coil it and drape it on &lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Put the tiller tamers on the tiller.  Raise the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panic Moves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is self-bailing, with two drainage holes near the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.  However, if significant water gets in the boat, pumps may be&lt;br /&gt;
located in the dry storage area in the bow.  This area also has an&lt;br /&gt;
anchor and flares for emergencies.  The boat has running lights; the&lt;br /&gt;
switch is located in the stern next to the tiller (but only works if you brought the battery).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpected events happen while sailing.  If the wind picks up suddenly&lt;br /&gt;
and the boat is overpowered, head to wind, and let the sail out.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
sail back to the dock and reef. If it's really crazy, lower the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard all the way to reduce the sail area (&amp;quot;scantelizing the peak&amp;quot;). See [http://www.beetlecat.com/store/Scripts/openExtra.asp?extra=79 example photo] from Beetle Cat, a similar boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the forestay breaks?  Head downwind to take pressure off the&lt;br /&gt;
stay, and then lower the sail.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about if the mainsheet gets lost?  Try to retrieve it by reaching&lt;br /&gt;
along the boom.  If the boat is heading downwind, lower the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard all the way and turn the tiller all the way to one side to&lt;br /&gt;
turn the boat into the wind.  This action will bring the boom back&lt;br /&gt;
over the boat.  (Avoid this problem in the first place by never&lt;br /&gt;
untying the stopper knots in the mainsheet!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the boat is stuck in irons close to the wall?  Warn the crew&lt;br /&gt;
to fend off.  Have them get out the paddle and put out the&lt;br /&gt;
fender. Land facing upwind. Try to cast off by pulling in the sail and&lt;br /&gt;
pushing the boat onto the correct tack with the oar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outline for the Class ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the outline used for teaching the Lynx class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Parts of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boat taxonomy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rigging/hoisting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tacking and jibing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Centerboard and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mooring.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reefing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Panic moves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rules of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things to remember:&lt;br /&gt;
* Never do an uncontrolled jibe. Make a big turn and tack instead if you are not certain you can jibe in a controlled manner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never untie the stopper knot at the end of the mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the chock on the dock line or the mooring line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never cleat off the halyard lines so you can quickly drop the sail if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heavy-weather Lynx sailing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In strong winds, the boat will heel and give a lot of weather helm. You can try raising the centerboard somewhat to counteract this. Be ready to counteract rounding up with the tiller when you get a strong gust, and watch out to windward to be sure you do not hit anything if you do round up. The rudder will come mostly of the water if you heel hard, making you unable to stop rounding up. The solution is to counteract hard and immediately with the tiller, and also to ease the sheet, to keep the boat from heeling to a &amp;quot;point of no return&amp;quot; when you will end up in irons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can scantelize the peak if you need to reduce sail area quickly, or take one or two reefs if you have more time, to be more efficient and permanent. Be sure you are able to do this on the water in case that is necessary: sheet in all the way, steer into the wind as much as possible, lower the throat until you are able to put in the reef at the tack, let the peak come down until the gaff is horizontal, and then put in the clew reefing clips. When double-reefed, the sail area is reduced very greatly, so you will be able to sail comfortably even in quite strong winds. Note that reefing does somewhat hinder the boat's ability to point, so your close-hauled angle will be somewhat farther from the wind; it also raises the boom. You can of course &amp;quot;spill wind&amp;quot; by not sheeting in as much as you usually would, if you are overpowered, which reduces your ability to point even more. When sailing downwind with a strong wind, the bow will be pushed down hard, reducing the rudder area in the water and making it harder to steer, and also making you more likely to take waves over the bow (if in the harbor). Counteract this by moving weight of people (and heavy gear, if aboard) aft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is all the more important to control your jibes in strong winds. You can always do a &amp;quot;chicken jibe&amp;quot; (tack) if in doubt. The safest way to jibe in strong winds (if necessary) is to turn past running, to sailing by the lee briefly, before bringing the mainsail over quickly. This will make the boat be on a reach rather than a run afterward, and mean that the mainsail can be luffing slightly after the maneuver, reducing the force that it will apply on the mast, and thus both the risk of damage and the risk of excessive heeling. (This kind of jibe is good for other dinghies too, incidentally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind will slow you down very quickly if you point into irons. Therefore it can be easier to get stuck in irons, particularly if you attempt to tack when moving slowly. Be sure to have good speed on a close-hauled course before tacking.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-26T13:43:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Island Activities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. The bottom is sand and mud, good for holding; the anchorage is quite protected from wind-driven waves by the islands, though it is exposed to wakes from the nearby Narrows. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/noaatidepredictions/NOAATidesFacade.jsp?Stationid=8444162 tide height station]. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the [http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230 Boston Harbor marine forecast] periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet or small saw could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a rocky designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lovells_Island&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-26T13:42:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Fires */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. The bottom is sand and mud, good for holding; the anchorage is quite protected from wind-driven waves by the islands, though it is exposed to wakes from the nearby Narrows. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/noaatidepredictions/NOAATidesFacade.jsp?Stationid=8444162 tide height station]. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the [http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230 Boston Harbor marine forecast] periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet or small saw could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lovells_Island&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-26T13:38:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Securing the Boat */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. The bottom is sand and mud, good for holding; the anchorage is quite protected from wind-driven waves by the islands, though it is exposed to wakes from the nearby Narrows. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/noaatidepredictions/NOAATidesFacade.jsp?Stationid=8444162 tide height station]. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the [http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230 Boston Harbor marine forecast] periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lovells_Island&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T19:06:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Navigating in the Harbor */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create an event on the website for the trip. Six people per boat is a practical maximum for comfortable sailing all day in the Lynx for a harbor trip. Three is a reasonable minimum: you can certainly sail with two but the process of putting the mast up and down will be very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stepping the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, get&lt;br /&gt;
and install the mast crutch.  They are stored in the workshop.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand-bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27; agree on working channel such as 72 with all skippers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you pass a duckboat, the driver may lead the passengers in yelling &amp;quot;Quack!&amp;quot; at you. The correct response, of course, is &amp;quot;Meow!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://home.comcast.net/~bostondavid/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information on changes or temporary issues of navigation significance are in the Coast Guard's [http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/?pageName=lnmDistrict&amp;amp;region=1 Notices to Mariners].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These websites no longer exist. If they can be re-located, they certainly sound useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the inboard fuel tank of the motor, Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Radio_Channels_in_Boston_Harbor</id>
		<title>Radio Channels in Boston Harbor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Radio_Channels_in_Boston_Harbor"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T19:04:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* '''Boston Waterboat Marina''' - VHF 12 or call 617.523.1027&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbor Sailing Club Launch''' (Rowes Wharf) - Call launch on VHF 10 or 1 blast of an air horn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Charles River Dam''' - Hail on VHF 16 or call 617-727-0488 or 2 long and 2 short blasts on your horn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Craigie Draw Bridge''' (Science Museum Bridge) - Call 617-523-1794 or VHF 16 for an opening (or signal 1 long and 1 short blast).  Note: bridge is closed 06:45 - 09:30 and  15:15 - 18:30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Amelia Earhart Dam''' (Mystic River) hail on VHF 16 or call 617-666-3337.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''McArdle Bridge''' (Chelsea River) - VHF 13 or call 617-884-9543.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Chelsea Street Bridge''' (further up Chelsea River) - VHF 13 or call 617-567-9497 for an opening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbor Shipyard &amp;amp; Marina''' - VHF 9 617-561-1400 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbormaster''' - (617-343-4721) or VHF 9 or 16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Spectacle Island Marina''' - VHF 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Automatic Radio Check''' - VHF 27 (Winthrop), VHF 25 (Gloucester) from [http://www.seatow.com/tools-and-education/automated-radio-check Sea Tow]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Radio_Channels_in_Boston_Harbor</id>
		<title>Radio Channels in Boston Harbor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Radio_Channels_in_Boston_Harbor"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T19:02:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* '''Boston Waterboat Marina''' - VHF 12 or call 617.523.1027&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbor Sailing Club Launch''' (Rowes Wharf) - Call launch on VHF 10 or 1 blast of an air horn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Charles River Dam''' - Hail on VHF 16 or call 617-727-0488 or 2 long and 2 short blasts on your horn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Craigie Draw Bridge''' (Science Museum Bridge) - Call 617-523-1794 or VHF 16 for an opening (or signal 1 long and 1 short blast).  Note: bridge is closed 06:45 - 09:30 and  15:15 - 18:30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Amelia Earhart Dam''' (Mystic River) hail on VHF 16 or call 617-666-3337.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''McArdle Bridge''' (Chelsea River) - VHF 13 or call 617-884-9543.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Chelsea Street Bridge''' (further up Chelsea River) - VHF 13 or call 617-567-9497 for an opening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbor Shipyard &amp;amp; Marina''' - VHF 9 617-561-1400 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Boston Harbormaster''' - (617-343-4721) or VHF 9 or 16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Spectacle Island Marina''' - VHF 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Automatic Radio Check''' - VHF 27 (Winthrop), VHF 25 (Gloucester)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16</id>
		<title>Lynx 16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T18:28:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx10b.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 under way.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MIT Sailing Pavilion has a fleet of six 16-foot gaff-rigged boats built&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://areyspondboatyard.com/apby-built-boats/lynx-16-open-cockpit Arey's Pond Boat Yard]. &lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a traditional Cape Cod [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catboat catboat], with one mast at the front of the boat and one gaff rigged sail, meaning the sail is four-sided. &lt;br /&gt;
The style is traditional for workboats off Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Other catboats at MIT include the Tech Dinghy and the Laser, but the Lynx is the only one with a gaff rig.&lt;br /&gt;
It is a great party boat because &lt;br /&gt;
it holds six to eight people, is relatively stable, and has a distinctive style. It is used for the monthly moonlight sailing nights. This document&lt;br /&gt;
describes how to rig and sail the Lynx. Other pages explain about [[Lynx harbor trips | trips to Boston Harbor]] and [[Lynx overnight trips | overnight trips]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its distinctive rig, the Lynx is a very recognizable boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As such, sailors should consider themselves ambassadors for MIT and&lt;br /&gt;
practice good seamanship, following the rules for right-of-way with&lt;br /&gt;
sailboats, motor boats, and human-powered vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aim of this page is to give detailed information on every aspect of the Lynx.  [[Lynx_16_Cheat_Sheet]] is a one-page summary with just the essentials.  Track repair, maintenance, and purchase items at [[Lynx_maintenance]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When sailing in the Charles River Basin, all the Pavilion rules apply&lt;br /&gt;
in terms of areas allowed to sail and recall signals.  The Lynx's&lt;br /&gt;
draft is shallow: 4'6&amp;quot; feet with the centerboard down, and 14&amp;quot; with&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard up, but it's still bad idea to run aground in Boston!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to keep some general guidelines in mind when sailing &lt;br /&gt;
the Lynx.  First, keep the lanes clear.  Stow all backpacks and gear &lt;br /&gt;
under the bench, so that crew can quickly move from  the back to the front &lt;br /&gt;
of the boat.  Second, make sure the mainsheet and halyards are always &lt;br /&gt;
running free; never tie them to themselves or stow them in a way that &lt;br /&gt;
cannot be quickly released.  (But never untie the stopper knots in these lines!)&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the mainsheet sometimes gets caught on the traveler when &lt;br /&gt;
tacking or gybing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rigging the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a gaff-rigged boat, unlike MIT's other boats.  A&lt;br /&gt;
gaff-rigged boat has a second spar called the gaff, which lies&lt;br /&gt;
parallel to the boom when the sail is down, and rises at an angle&lt;br /&gt;
above the mast when the sail is up.  This&lt;br /&gt;
rig increases the size of the sail area the mast and boom can carry,&lt;br /&gt;
with less heeling than a triangular sail, although it cannot sail as&lt;br /&gt;
close to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prepare the Lynx for sailing, first take off the sail cover, roll&lt;br /&gt;
it up, and stow it under a bench. Take off the tiller-tamers, the&lt;br /&gt;
lines holding the tiller stationary.  Take out the boom crutch and&lt;br /&gt;
stow it under the benches.  Lower the centerboard all the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the mainsheet is not cleated or fouled. But never take the&lt;br /&gt;
stopper knots off the end of the mainsheet!  These are there to&lt;br /&gt;
prevent the mainsheet from flying out of the boat, and to prevent the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail from gybing around the front of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the sail, first note that the Lynx has not one, but two&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, one to raise each end of the gaff.  The end of the gaff&lt;br /&gt;
closest to the mast is called the ''throat''; the end farthest from&lt;br /&gt;
the mast is called the ''peak''.  The corresponding halyards are&lt;br /&gt;
called the throat halyard and the peak halyard.  To raise the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail, pull both halyards up at about the same rate.  Pull the&lt;br /&gt;
throat halyard tight as high as it will go.  Then raise the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard until the sail is smooth.  If the peak is too loose, there&lt;br /&gt;
will be horizontal wrinkles in the sail; too tight, and the sail will&lt;br /&gt;
have vertical wrinkles.  Adjust it so that there is just a hint of a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical wrinkle, as the lines will stretch once underway.  Coil the&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, laying the coils in opposite directions.  Do not finish by tying the halyard to itself, as&lt;br /&gt;
that might make it difficult to quickly lower the sail in an emergency.  Instead, reach&lt;br /&gt;
through the coil and pick up the line where it comes off the cam&lt;br /&gt;
cleat, pull the loop back through the coil, and loop it over the horn&lt;br /&gt;
cleat.  Then if the halyard needs to be lowered in a hurry, it can be&lt;br /&gt;
lifted off the cleat, dropped on the deck, and it is ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the lanes are clear in the boat: the fender should be wedged&lt;br /&gt;
under the seat, and backpacks should be pushed under the benches.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
the crew can quickly reach the front of the boat in order to lower the&lt;br /&gt;
sails or open the dry storage space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Casting Off ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving the dock, pull the sail in to power up the boat and push&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller towards the dock.  It will probably be necessary to give&lt;br /&gt;
the boat a large push to get it onto the correct tack.  Make sure the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard is all the way down to make it turn as quickly as&lt;br /&gt;
possible.  Once the boat is away from the dock, stow the fender under&lt;br /&gt;
the bench. Wedge it in place so it will not move while under way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When casting off from a mooring, make sure the mooring is attached to&lt;br /&gt;
the bow cleat closest to the wall.  Switch cleats if necessary.  Pull&lt;br /&gt;
the sail all the way in and push the tiller towards the wall.  The&lt;br /&gt;
boat will power up and tack away from the wall.  Once the boat is on&lt;br /&gt;
the correct tack so that it is heading away from the wall, one person&lt;br /&gt;
should release the boat from the mooring and walk back along the wall&lt;br /&gt;
side of the boat.  This action will help the boat turn on the correct&lt;br /&gt;
tack to sail away from the wall.  The more experienced person should&lt;br /&gt;
do this job (the skipper if necessary); anyone can push the tiller&lt;br /&gt;
towards the wall, while the person handling the mooring line can make&lt;br /&gt;
or break the launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not drop the mooring line until the boat is powered up and sailing&lt;br /&gt;
away from the wall.  If necessary, more people can help hold the line&lt;br /&gt;
and get it back on the cleat for another try.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tacking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When tacking in the Lynx, pull in the sail and start to turn the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
The boat does not head upwind well, so do not pull in the sail too&lt;br /&gt;
far.  Make sure the centerboard is all the way down. Do not push the&lt;br /&gt;
tiller all the way over, or the boat will slow down and may get stuck&lt;br /&gt;
in irons.  Instead, push it about three quarters of the way over so&lt;br /&gt;
that the boat makes a gradual turn.  (Of course, turning too slowly&lt;br /&gt;
may also result in being stuck in irons.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do get stuck in irons,&lt;br /&gt;
leave the mainsheet loose and wait for the boat to start moving backwards,&lt;br /&gt;
then push the tiller over to the side you want to the bow to point. Once&lt;br /&gt;
the boat has turned out of irons, trim in the mainsheet to start moving forwards again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gybing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gybe, get on a broad reach.  Alert the crew to prepare to gybe, and&lt;br /&gt;
pull the sail in about half way.  Begin the turn; as the boat turns,&lt;br /&gt;
the crew should continue pulling in the sail.  Warn the crew as the&lt;br /&gt;
sail comes around.  Once the sail moves, let it back out and trim it&lt;br /&gt;
properly for the new course.  If the sail is pulled in too soon before&lt;br /&gt;
the turn, or not let out quickly enough after the turn, the boat will&lt;br /&gt;
develop strong weather helm and try to turn into the wind.  Because&lt;br /&gt;
the sail is so big, it is dangerous to do an uncontrolled gybe.&lt;br /&gt;
Always pull in the sail and let it back out as the boat turns.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When heading downwind, never let the sail out past the stopper knots&lt;br /&gt;
on the mainsheet.  Never remove the stopper knots from the sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Centerboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is more pleasant to sail if the centerboard is balanced with&lt;br /&gt;
the sail.  The boat can be steered with the centerboard: when it is&lt;br /&gt;
all the way down, it will have weather helm and turn towards the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
All the way up and it will have lee helm, and turn downwind. (This&lt;br /&gt;
works best if all the weight is towards the back of the boat.)  Adjust&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard so it has a slight weather helm for the current point&lt;br /&gt;
of sail.  This adjustment will reduce the pull on the tiller and&lt;br /&gt;
reduce drag in the water caused by the centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the centerboard gets stuck.  Often it can be eased up and&lt;br /&gt;
back down or dropped quickly to get it unstuck.  Sometimes it helps to&lt;br /&gt;
tack to take the pressure off the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reefing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wind is 12-15 knots, use the first reef.  If it's 18 knots or&lt;br /&gt;
higher, use the second.  Reefing should be done on the dock rather&lt;br /&gt;
than out in the river, although when out in the harbor it may be&lt;br /&gt;
necessary to do it at sea.  There are reefing clips at two locations&lt;br /&gt;
at the end of the boom, and a reefing hook where the boom meets the&lt;br /&gt;
mast.  The sail has rings (reefing tacks and reefing clews) at the&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding locations on the sail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reef the sail, lower both halyards.  Have someone stand on the bow&lt;br /&gt;
and lift up the lowest white ring as far up the mast as it will go. Someone&lt;br /&gt;
else can hold up the end of the boom, to help the person putting in the reef. &lt;br /&gt;
To put in the reef, first hook the clips into the reefing clew (at the end of the boom).&lt;br /&gt;
The two clips go into the corresponding rings on each side of the&lt;br /&gt;
sail.  Make sure the strap connecting the two clips is not twisted, as&lt;br /&gt;
every millimeter is necessary to put in the reef.  Put in the first&lt;br /&gt;
clip first and then stretch the sail and the clips until the second&lt;br /&gt;
one is in.  Once both clips are in, attach the reefing hook to the&lt;br /&gt;
reefing tack where the boom and the mast meet.  Make sure that&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding reef points are used: do not try to use the second reef&lt;br /&gt;
on the tack and the first reef on the clew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Landing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the centerboard is fully down so the boat will turn sharply. &lt;br /&gt;
Let the sail out to slow the boat down, and make a sharp turn about a&lt;br /&gt;
boat-length away from the dock.  Sharp turns slow the boat down.  Have&lt;br /&gt;
a crew member ready with the bow line to step out of the boat, pass the &lt;br /&gt;
bow line through one of the loops on the edge of the dock and then &lt;br /&gt;
bring the line back to the boat and cleat the line on the bow cleat nearest &lt;br /&gt;
the dock. Don't forget to make sure that the bow line is passing through &lt;br /&gt;
the chock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Putting Away the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To put away the boat, get out the boom crutch and install it in the&lt;br /&gt;
stern. Take out any reefs that have been put in.&lt;br /&gt;
Lower both halyards; the red peak halyard will have to be&lt;br /&gt;
lowered faster than the throat halyard.  The white ''lazy jack'' lines&lt;br /&gt;
will cradle the sail, causing it to fall along the boom.  When the&lt;br /&gt;
sail and boom are all the way down, rest the boom in the crutch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
put the sail cover on the sail, starting from the end of the boom.&lt;br /&gt;
Put the sail cover around the front of the mast but inside the two&lt;br /&gt;
halyard lines.  Tighten and coil the mainsheet and rest it on top of&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Do not tie the mainsheet to itself - just coil it and drape it on &lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Put the tiller tamers on the tiller.  Raise the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panic Moves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is self-bailing, with two drainage holes near the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.  However, if significant water gets in the boat, pumps may be&lt;br /&gt;
located in the dry storage area in the bow.  This area also has an&lt;br /&gt;
anchor and flares for emergencies.  The boat has running lights; the&lt;br /&gt;
switch is located in the stern next to the tiller (but only works if you brought the battery).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpected events happen while sailing.  If the wind picks up suddenly&lt;br /&gt;
and the boat is overpowered, head to wind, and let the sail out.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
sail back to the dock and reef. If it's really crazy, lower the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard all the way to reduce the sail area (&amp;quot;scantelizing the peak&amp;quot;). See [http://www.beetlecat.com/store/Scripts/openExtra.asp?extra=79 example photo] from Beetle Cat, a similar boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the forestay breaks?  Head downwind to take pressure off the&lt;br /&gt;
stay, and then lower the sail.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about if the mainsheet gets lost?  Try to retrieve it by reaching&lt;br /&gt;
along the boom.  If the boat is heading downwind, lower the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard all the way and turn the tiller all the way to one side to&lt;br /&gt;
turn the boat into the wind.  This action will bring the boom back&lt;br /&gt;
over the boat.  (Avoid this problem in the first place by never&lt;br /&gt;
untying the stopper knots in the mainsheet!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the boat is stuck in irons close to the wall?  Warn the crew&lt;br /&gt;
to fend off.  Have them get out the paddle and put out the&lt;br /&gt;
fender. Land facing upwind. Try to cast off by pulling in the sail and&lt;br /&gt;
pushing the boat onto the correct tack with the oar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outline for the Class ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the outline used for teaching the Lynx class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Parts of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boat taxonomy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rigging/hoisting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tacking and jibing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Centerboard and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mooring.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reefing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Panic moves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rules of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things to remember:&lt;br /&gt;
* Never do an uncontrolled jibe. Make a big turn and tack instead if you are not certain you can jibe in a controlled manner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never untie the stopper knot at the end of the mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the chock on the dock line or the mooring line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never cleat off the halyard lines so you can quickly drop the sail if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heavy-weather Lynx sailing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In strong winds, the boat will heel and give a lot of weather helm. You can try raising the centerboard somewhat to counteract this. Be ready to counteract rounding up with the tiller when you get a strong gust, and watch out to windward to be sure you do not hit anything if you do round up. The rudder will come mostly of the water if you heel hard, making you unable to stop rounding up. The solution is to counteract hard and immediately with the tiller, and also to ease the sheet, to keep the boat from heeling to a &amp;quot;point of no return&amp;quot; when you will end up in irons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can scantelize the peak if you need to reduce sail area quickly, or take one or two reefs if you have more time, to be more efficient and permanent. Be sure you are able to do this on the water in case that is necessary: sheet in all the way, steer into the wind as much as possible, lower the throat until you are able to put in the reef at the tack, let the peak come down until the gaff is horizontal, and then put in the clew reefing clips. When double-reefed, the sail area is reduced very greatly, so you will be able to sail comfortably even in quite strong winds. Note that reefing does somewhat hinder the boat's ability to point, so your close-hauled angle will be somewhat farther from the wind; it also raises the boom. You can of course &amp;quot;spill wind&amp;quot; by not sheeting in as much as you usually would, if you are overpowered, which reduces your ability to point even more. When sailing downwind with a strong wind, the bow will be pushed down hard, reducing the rudder area in the water and making it harder to steer, and also making you more likely to take waves over the bow (if in the harbor). Counteract this by moving weight of people (and heavy gear, if aboard) aft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is all the more important to control your jibes in strong winds. You can always do a &amp;quot;chicken jibe&amp;quot; (tack) if in doubt. The safest way to jibe in strong winds (if necessary) is to turn past running, to sailing by the lee briefly, before bringing the mainsail over quickly. This will make the boat be on a reach rather than a run afterward, and mean that the mainsail can be luffing slightly after the maneuver, reducing the force that it will apply on the mast, and thus both the risk of damage and the risk of excessive heeling. (This kind of jibe is good for other dinghies too, incidentally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind will slow you down very quickly if you point into irons. Therefore it can be easier to get stuck in irons, particularly if you attempt to tack when moving slowly. Be sure to have good speed on a close-hauled course before tacking.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Sailing_Team</id>
		<title>Sailing Team</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Sailing_Team"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T02:24:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;http://sailing.mit.edu/gallery/picture.php?/2128/category/82&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://sailing.mit.edu/gallery/_data/i/upload/2015/03/05/20150305171750-0dbab1b9-me.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://sailing.mit.edu/gallery/_data/i/upload/2015/03/05/20150305171752-432fa1cf-me.jpg&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T02:18:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/noaatidepredictions/NOAATidesFacade.jsp?Stationid=8444162 tide height station]. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the [http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230 Boston Harbor marine forecast] periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lovells_Island&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16</id>
		<title>Lynx 16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T02:17:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Heavy-weather Lynx sailing */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx10b.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 under way.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MIT Sailing Pavilion has a new fleet of six 16-foot gaff-rigged boats built&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://areyspondboatyard.com/apby-built-boats/lynx-16-open-cockpit Arey's Pond Boat Yard]. &lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a traditional Cape Cod catboat, with one mast at the front of the boat and one gaff rigged sail, meaning the sail is four-sided. &lt;br /&gt;
The style is traditional for workboats off Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Other catboats at MIT include the Tech Dinghy and the Laser, but the Lynx is the only one with a gaff rig.&lt;br /&gt;
It is a great party boat because &lt;br /&gt;
it holds six to eight people, is relatively stable, and has a distinctive style. It is used for the monthly moonlight sailing nights. This document&lt;br /&gt;
describes how to rig and sail the Lynx. Other pages explain about [[Lynx harbor trips | trips to Boston Harbor]] and [[Lynx overnight trips | overnight trips]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its distinctive rig, the Lynx is a very recognizable boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As such, sailors should consider themselves ambassadors for MIT and&lt;br /&gt;
practice good seamanship, following the rules for right-of-way with&lt;br /&gt;
sailboats, motor boats, and human-powered vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aim of this page is to give detailed information on every aspect of the Lynx.  [[Lynx_16_Cheat_Sheet]] is a one-page summary with just the essentials.  Track repair, maintenance, and purchase items at [[Lynx_maintenance]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When sailing in the Charles River Basin, all the Pavilion rules apply&lt;br /&gt;
in terms of areas allowed to sail and recall signals.  The Lynx's&lt;br /&gt;
draft is shallow: 4'6&amp;quot; feet with the centerboard down, and 14&amp;quot; with&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard up, but it's still bad idea to run aground in Boston!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to keep some general guidelines in mind when sailing &lt;br /&gt;
the Lynx.  First, keep the lanes clear.  Stow all backpacks and gear &lt;br /&gt;
under the bench, so that crew can quickly move from  the back to the front &lt;br /&gt;
of the boat.  Second, make sure the mainsheet and halyards are always &lt;br /&gt;
running free; never tie them to themselves or stow them in a way that &lt;br /&gt;
cannot be quickly released.  (But never untie the stopper knots in these lines!)&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the mainsheet sometimes gets caught on the traveler when &lt;br /&gt;
tacking or gybing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rigging the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a gaff-rigged boat, unlike MIT's other boats.  A&lt;br /&gt;
gaff-rigged boat has a second spar called the gaff, which lies&lt;br /&gt;
parallel to the boom when the sail is down, and rises at an angle&lt;br /&gt;
above the mast when the sail is up.  This&lt;br /&gt;
rig increases the size of the sail area the mast and boom can carry,&lt;br /&gt;
with less heeling than a triangular sail, although it cannot sail as&lt;br /&gt;
close to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prepare the Lynx for sailing, first take off the sail cover, roll&lt;br /&gt;
it up, and stow it under a bench. Take off the tiller-tamers, the&lt;br /&gt;
lines holding the tiller stationary.  Take out the boom crutch and&lt;br /&gt;
stow it under the benches.  Lower the centerboard all the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the mainsheet is not cleated or fouled. But never take the&lt;br /&gt;
stopper knots off the end of the mainsheet!  These are there to&lt;br /&gt;
prevent the mainsheet from flying out of the boat, and to prevent the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail from gybing around the front of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the sail, first note that the Lynx has not one, but two&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, one to raise each end of the gaff.  The end of the gaff&lt;br /&gt;
closest to the mast is called the ''throat''; the end farthest from&lt;br /&gt;
the mast is called the ''peak''.  The corresponding halyards are&lt;br /&gt;
called the throat halyard and the peak halyard.  To raise the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail, pull both halyards up at about the same rate.  Pull the&lt;br /&gt;
throat halyard tight as high as it will go.  Then raise the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard until the sail is smooth.  If the peak is too loose, there&lt;br /&gt;
will be horizontal wrinkles in the sail; too tight, and the sail will&lt;br /&gt;
have vertical wrinkles.  Adjust it so that there is just a hint of a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical wrinkle, as the lines will stretch once underway.  Coil the&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, laying the coils in opposite directions.  Do not finish by tying the halyard to itself, as&lt;br /&gt;
that might make it difficult to quickly lower the sail in an emergency.  Instead, reach&lt;br /&gt;
through the coil and pick up the line where it comes off the cam&lt;br /&gt;
cleat, pull the loop back through the coil, and loop it over the horn&lt;br /&gt;
cleat.  Then if the halyard needs to be lowered in a hurry, it can be&lt;br /&gt;
lifted off the cleat, dropped on the deck, and it is ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the lanes are clear in the boat: the fender should be wedged&lt;br /&gt;
under the seat, and backpacks should be pushed under the benches.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
the crew can quickly reach the front of the boat in order to lower the&lt;br /&gt;
sails or open the dry storage space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Casting Off ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving the dock, pull the sail in to power up the boat and push&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller towards the dock.  It will probably be necessary to give&lt;br /&gt;
the boat a large push to get it onto the correct tack.  Make sure the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard is all the way down to make it turn as quickly as&lt;br /&gt;
possible.  Once the boat is away from the dock, stow the fender under&lt;br /&gt;
the bench. Wedge it in place so it will not move while under way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When casting off from a mooring, make sure the mooring is attached to&lt;br /&gt;
the bow cleat closest to the wall.  Switch cleats if necessary.  Pull&lt;br /&gt;
the sail all the way in and push the tiller towards the wall.  The&lt;br /&gt;
boat will power up and tack away from the wall.  Once the boat is on&lt;br /&gt;
the correct tack so that it is heading away from the wall, one person&lt;br /&gt;
should release the boat from the mooring and walk back along the wall&lt;br /&gt;
side of the boat.  This action will help the boat turn on the correct&lt;br /&gt;
tack to sail away from the wall.  The more experienced person should&lt;br /&gt;
do this job (the skipper if necessary); anyone can push the tiller&lt;br /&gt;
towards the wall, while the person handling the mooring line can make&lt;br /&gt;
or break the launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not drop the mooring line until the boat is powered up and sailing&lt;br /&gt;
away from the wall.  If necessary, more people can help hold the line&lt;br /&gt;
and get it back on the cleat for another try.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tacking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When tacking in the Lynx, pull in the sail and start to turn the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
The boat does not head upwind well, so do not pull in the sail too&lt;br /&gt;
far.  Make sure the centerboard is all the way down. Do not push the&lt;br /&gt;
tiller all the way over, or the boat will slow down and may get stuck&lt;br /&gt;
in irons.  Instead, push it about three quarters of the way over so&lt;br /&gt;
that the boat makes a gradual turn.  (Of course, turning too slowly&lt;br /&gt;
may also result in being stuck in irons.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do get stuck in irons,&lt;br /&gt;
leave the mainsheet loose and wait for the boat to start moving backwards,&lt;br /&gt;
then push the tiller over to the side you want to the bow to point. Once&lt;br /&gt;
the boat has turned out of irons, trim in the mainsheet to start moving forwards again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gybing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gybe, get on a broad reach.  Alert the crew to prepare to gybe, and&lt;br /&gt;
pull the sail in about half way.  Begin the turn; as the boat turns,&lt;br /&gt;
the crew should continue pulling in the sail.  Warn the crew as the&lt;br /&gt;
sail comes around.  Once the sail moves, let it back out and trim it&lt;br /&gt;
properly for the new course.  If the sail is pulled in too soon before&lt;br /&gt;
the turn, or not let out quickly enough after the turn, the boat will&lt;br /&gt;
develop strong weather helm and try to turn into the wind.  Because&lt;br /&gt;
the sail is so big, it is dangerous to do an uncontrolled gybe.&lt;br /&gt;
Always pull in the sail and let it back out as the boat turns.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When heading downwind, never let the sail out past the stopper knots&lt;br /&gt;
on the mainsheet.  Never remove the stopper knots from the sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Centerboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is more pleasant to sail if the centerboard is balanced with&lt;br /&gt;
the sail.  The boat can be steered with the centerboard: when it is&lt;br /&gt;
all the way down, it will have weather helm and turn towards the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
All the way up and it will have lee helm, and turn downwind. (This&lt;br /&gt;
works best if all the weight is towards the back of the boat.)  Adjust&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard so it has a slight weather helm for the current point&lt;br /&gt;
of sail.  This adjustment will reduce the pull on the tiller and&lt;br /&gt;
reduce drag in the water caused by the centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the centerboard gets stuck.  Often it can be eased up and&lt;br /&gt;
back down or dropped quickly to get it unstuck.  Sometimes it helps to&lt;br /&gt;
tack to take the pressure off the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reefing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wind is 12-15 knots, use the first reef.  If it's 18 knots or&lt;br /&gt;
higher, use the second.  Reefing should be done on the dock rather&lt;br /&gt;
than out in the river, although when out in the harbor it may be&lt;br /&gt;
necessary to do it at sea.  There are reefing clips at two locations&lt;br /&gt;
at the end of the boom, and a reefing hook where the boom meets the&lt;br /&gt;
mast.  The sail has rings (reefing tacks and reefing clews) at the&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding locations on the sail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reef the sail, lower both halyards.  Have someone stand on the bow&lt;br /&gt;
and lift up the lowest white ring as far up the mast as it will go. Someone&lt;br /&gt;
else can hold up the end of the boom, to help the person putting in the reef. &lt;br /&gt;
To put in the reef, first hook the clips into the reefing clew (at the end of the boom).&lt;br /&gt;
The two clips go into the corresponding rings on each side of the&lt;br /&gt;
sail.  Make sure the strap connecting the two clips is not twisted, as&lt;br /&gt;
every millimeter is necessary to put in the reef.  Put in the first&lt;br /&gt;
clip first and then stretch the sail and the clips until the second&lt;br /&gt;
one is in.  Once both clips are in, attach the reefing hook to the&lt;br /&gt;
reefing tack where the boom and the mast meet.  Make sure that&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding reef points are used: do not try to use the second reef&lt;br /&gt;
on the tack and the first reef on the clew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Landing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the centerboard is fully down so the boat will turn sharply. &lt;br /&gt;
Let the sail out to slow the boat down, and make a sharp turn about a&lt;br /&gt;
boat-length away from the dock.  Sharp turns slow the boat down.  Have&lt;br /&gt;
a crew member ready with the bow line to step out of the boat, pass the &lt;br /&gt;
bow line through one of the loops on the edge of the dock and then &lt;br /&gt;
bring the line back to the boat and cleat the line on the bow cleat nearest &lt;br /&gt;
the dock. Don't forget to make sure that the bow line is passing through &lt;br /&gt;
the chock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Putting Away the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To put away the boat, get out the boom crutch and install it in the&lt;br /&gt;
stern. Take out any reefs that have been put in.&lt;br /&gt;
Lower both halyards; the red peak halyard will have to be&lt;br /&gt;
lowered faster than the throat halyard.  The white ''lazy jack'' lines&lt;br /&gt;
will cradle the sail, causing it to fall along the boom.  When the&lt;br /&gt;
sail and boom are all the way down, rest the boom in the crutch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
put the sail cover on the sail, starting from the end of the boom.&lt;br /&gt;
Put the sail cover around the front of the mast but inside the two&lt;br /&gt;
halyard lines.  Tighten and coil the mainsheet and rest it on top of&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Do not tie the mainsheet to itself - just coil it and drape it on &lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Put the tiller tamers on the tiller.  Raise the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panic Moves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is self-bailing, with two drainage holes near the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.  However, if significant water gets in the boat, pumps may be&lt;br /&gt;
located in the dry storage area in the bow.  This area also has an&lt;br /&gt;
anchor and flares for emergencies.  The boat has running lights; the&lt;br /&gt;
switch is located in the stern next to the tiller (but only works if you brought the battery).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpected events happen while sailing.  If the wind picks up suddenly&lt;br /&gt;
and the boat is overpowered, head to wind, and let the sail out.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
sail back to the dock and reef. If it's really crazy, lower the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard all the way to reduce the sail area (&amp;quot;scantelizing the peak&amp;quot;). See [http://www.beetlecat.com/store/Scripts/openExtra.asp?extra=79 example photo] from Beetle Cat, a similar boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the forestay breaks?  Head downwind to take pressure off the&lt;br /&gt;
stay, and then lower the sail.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about if the mainsheet gets lost?  Try to retrieve it by reaching&lt;br /&gt;
along the boom.  If the boat is heading downwind, lower the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard all the way and turn the tiller all the way to one side to&lt;br /&gt;
turn the boat into the wind.  This action will bring the boom back&lt;br /&gt;
over the boat.  (Avoid this problem in the first place by never&lt;br /&gt;
untying the stopper knots in the mainsheet!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the boat is stuck in irons close to the wall?  Warn the crew&lt;br /&gt;
to fend off.  Have them get out the paddle and put out the&lt;br /&gt;
fender. Land facing upwind. Try to cast off by pulling in the sail and&lt;br /&gt;
pushing the boat onto the correct tack with the oar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outline for the Class ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the outline used for teaching the Lynx class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Parts of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boat taxonomy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rigging/hoisting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tacking and jibing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Centerboard and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mooring.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reefing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Panic moves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rules of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things to remember:&lt;br /&gt;
* Never do an uncontrolled jibe. Make a big turn and tack instead if you are not certain you can jibe in a controlled manner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never untie the stopper knot at the end of the mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the chock on the dock line or the mooring line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never cleat off the halyard lines so you can quickly drop the sail if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heavy-weather Lynx sailing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In strong winds, the boat will heel and give a lot of weather helm. You can try raising the centerboard somewhat to counteract this. Be ready to counteract rounding up with the tiller when you get a strong gust, and watch out to windward to be sure you do not hit anything if you do round up. The rudder will come mostly of the water if you heel hard, making you unable to stop rounding up. The solution is to counteract hard and immediately with the tiller, and also to ease the sheet, to keep the boat from heeling to a &amp;quot;point of no return&amp;quot; when you will end up in irons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can scantelize the peak if you need to reduce sail area quickly, or take one or two reefs if you have more time, to be more efficient and permanent. Be sure you are able to do this on the water in case that is necessary: sheet in all the way, steer into the wind as much as possible, lower the throat until you are able to put in the reef at the tack, let the peak come down until the gaff is horizontal, and then put in the clew reefing clips. When double-reefed, the sail area is reduced very greatly, so you will be able to sail comfortably even in quite strong winds. Note that reefing does somewhat hinder the boat's ability to point, so your close-hauled angle will be somewhat farther from the wind; it also raises the boom. You can of course &amp;quot;spill wind&amp;quot; by not sheeting in as much as you usually would, if you are overpowered, which reduces your ability to point even more. When sailing downwind with a strong wind, the bow will be pushed down hard, reducing the rudder area in the water and making it harder to steer, and also making you more likely to take waves over the bow (if in the harbor). Counteract this by moving weight of people (and heavy gear, if aboard) aft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is all the more important to control your jibes in strong winds. You can always do a &amp;quot;chicken jibe&amp;quot; (tack) if in doubt. The safest way to jibe in strong winds (if necessary) is to turn past running, to sailing by the lee briefly, before bringing the mainsail over quickly. This will make the boat be on a reach rather than a run afterward, and mean that the mainsail can be luffing slightly after the maneuver, reducing the force that it will apply on the mast, and thus both the risk of damage and the risk of excessive heeling. (This kind of jibe is good for other dinghies too, incidentally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind will slow you down very quickly if you point into irons. Therefore it can be easier to get stuck in irons, particularly if you attempt to tack when moving slowly. Be sure to have good speed on a close-hauled course before tacking.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16</id>
		<title>Lynx 16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T02:14:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Outline for the Class */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx10b.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 under way.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MIT Sailing Pavilion has a new fleet of six 16-foot gaff-rigged boats built&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://areyspondboatyard.com/apby-built-boats/lynx-16-open-cockpit Arey's Pond Boat Yard]. &lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a traditional Cape Cod catboat, with one mast at the front of the boat and one gaff rigged sail, meaning the sail is four-sided. &lt;br /&gt;
The style is traditional for workboats off Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Other catboats at MIT include the Tech Dinghy and the Laser, but the Lynx is the only one with a gaff rig.&lt;br /&gt;
It is a great party boat because &lt;br /&gt;
it holds six to eight people, is relatively stable, and has a distinctive style. It is used for the monthly moonlight sailing nights. This document&lt;br /&gt;
describes how to rig and sail the Lynx. Other pages explain about [[Lynx harbor trips | trips to Boston Harbor]] and [[Lynx overnight trips | overnight trips]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its distinctive rig, the Lynx is a very recognizable boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As such, sailors should consider themselves ambassadors for MIT and&lt;br /&gt;
practice good seamanship, following the rules for right-of-way with&lt;br /&gt;
sailboats, motor boats, and human-powered vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aim of this page is to give detailed information on every aspect of the Lynx.  [[Lynx_16_Cheat_Sheet]] is a one-page summary with just the essentials.  Track repair, maintenance, and purchase items at [[Lynx_maintenance]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When sailing in the Charles River Basin, all the Pavilion rules apply&lt;br /&gt;
in terms of areas allowed to sail and recall signals.  The Lynx's&lt;br /&gt;
draft is shallow: 4'6&amp;quot; feet with the centerboard down, and 14&amp;quot; with&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard up, but it's still bad idea to run aground in Boston!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to keep some general guidelines in mind when sailing &lt;br /&gt;
the Lynx.  First, keep the lanes clear.  Stow all backpacks and gear &lt;br /&gt;
under the bench, so that crew can quickly move from  the back to the front &lt;br /&gt;
of the boat.  Second, make sure the mainsheet and halyards are always &lt;br /&gt;
running free; never tie them to themselves or stow them in a way that &lt;br /&gt;
cannot be quickly released.  (But never untie the stopper knots in these lines!)&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the mainsheet sometimes gets caught on the traveler when &lt;br /&gt;
tacking or gybing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rigging the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a gaff-rigged boat, unlike MIT's other boats.  A&lt;br /&gt;
gaff-rigged boat has a second spar called the gaff, which lies&lt;br /&gt;
parallel to the boom when the sail is down, and rises at an angle&lt;br /&gt;
above the mast when the sail is up.  This&lt;br /&gt;
rig increases the size of the sail area the mast and boom can carry,&lt;br /&gt;
with less heeling than a triangular sail, although it cannot sail as&lt;br /&gt;
close to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prepare the Lynx for sailing, first take off the sail cover, roll&lt;br /&gt;
it up, and stow it under a bench. Take off the tiller-tamers, the&lt;br /&gt;
lines holding the tiller stationary.  Take out the boom crutch and&lt;br /&gt;
stow it under the benches.  Lower the centerboard all the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the mainsheet is not cleated or fouled. But never take the&lt;br /&gt;
stopper knots off the end of the mainsheet!  These are there to&lt;br /&gt;
prevent the mainsheet from flying out of the boat, and to prevent the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail from gybing around the front of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the sail, first note that the Lynx has not one, but two&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, one to raise each end of the gaff.  The end of the gaff&lt;br /&gt;
closest to the mast is called the ''throat''; the end farthest from&lt;br /&gt;
the mast is called the ''peak''.  The corresponding halyards are&lt;br /&gt;
called the throat halyard and the peak halyard.  To raise the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail, pull both halyards up at about the same rate.  Pull the&lt;br /&gt;
throat halyard tight as high as it will go.  Then raise the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard until the sail is smooth.  If the peak is too loose, there&lt;br /&gt;
will be horizontal wrinkles in the sail; too tight, and the sail will&lt;br /&gt;
have vertical wrinkles.  Adjust it so that there is just a hint of a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical wrinkle, as the lines will stretch once underway.  Coil the&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, laying the coils in opposite directions.  Do not finish by tying the halyard to itself, as&lt;br /&gt;
that might make it difficult to quickly lower the sail in an emergency.  Instead, reach&lt;br /&gt;
through the coil and pick up the line where it comes off the cam&lt;br /&gt;
cleat, pull the loop back through the coil, and loop it over the horn&lt;br /&gt;
cleat.  Then if the halyard needs to be lowered in a hurry, it can be&lt;br /&gt;
lifted off the cleat, dropped on the deck, and it is ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the lanes are clear in the boat: the fender should be wedged&lt;br /&gt;
under the seat, and backpacks should be pushed under the benches.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
the crew can quickly reach the front of the boat in order to lower the&lt;br /&gt;
sails or open the dry storage space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Casting Off ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving the dock, pull the sail in to power up the boat and push&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller towards the dock.  It will probably be necessary to give&lt;br /&gt;
the boat a large push to get it onto the correct tack.  Make sure the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard is all the way down to make it turn as quickly as&lt;br /&gt;
possible.  Once the boat is away from the dock, stow the fender under&lt;br /&gt;
the bench. Wedge it in place so it will not move while under way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When casting off from a mooring, make sure the mooring is attached to&lt;br /&gt;
the bow cleat closest to the wall.  Switch cleats if necessary.  Pull&lt;br /&gt;
the sail all the way in and push the tiller towards the wall.  The&lt;br /&gt;
boat will power up and tack away from the wall.  Once the boat is on&lt;br /&gt;
the correct tack so that it is heading away from the wall, one person&lt;br /&gt;
should release the boat from the mooring and walk back along the wall&lt;br /&gt;
side of the boat.  This action will help the boat turn on the correct&lt;br /&gt;
tack to sail away from the wall.  The more experienced person should&lt;br /&gt;
do this job (the skipper if necessary); anyone can push the tiller&lt;br /&gt;
towards the wall, while the person handling the mooring line can make&lt;br /&gt;
or break the launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not drop the mooring line until the boat is powered up and sailing&lt;br /&gt;
away from the wall.  If necessary, more people can help hold the line&lt;br /&gt;
and get it back on the cleat for another try.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tacking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When tacking in the Lynx, pull in the sail and start to turn the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
The boat does not head upwind well, so do not pull in the sail too&lt;br /&gt;
far.  Make sure the centerboard is all the way down. Do not push the&lt;br /&gt;
tiller all the way over, or the boat will slow down and may get stuck&lt;br /&gt;
in irons.  Instead, push it about three quarters of the way over so&lt;br /&gt;
that the boat makes a gradual turn.  (Of course, turning too slowly&lt;br /&gt;
may also result in being stuck in irons.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do get stuck in irons,&lt;br /&gt;
leave the mainsheet loose and wait for the boat to start moving backwards,&lt;br /&gt;
then push the tiller over to the side you want to the bow to point. Once&lt;br /&gt;
the boat has turned out of irons, trim in the mainsheet to start moving forwards again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gybing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gybe, get on a broad reach.  Alert the crew to prepare to gybe, and&lt;br /&gt;
pull the sail in about half way.  Begin the turn; as the boat turns,&lt;br /&gt;
the crew should continue pulling in the sail.  Warn the crew as the&lt;br /&gt;
sail comes around.  Once the sail moves, let it back out and trim it&lt;br /&gt;
properly for the new course.  If the sail is pulled in too soon before&lt;br /&gt;
the turn, or not let out quickly enough after the turn, the boat will&lt;br /&gt;
develop strong weather helm and try to turn into the wind.  Because&lt;br /&gt;
the sail is so big, it is dangerous to do an uncontrolled gybe.&lt;br /&gt;
Always pull in the sail and let it back out as the boat turns.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When heading downwind, never let the sail out past the stopper knots&lt;br /&gt;
on the mainsheet.  Never remove the stopper knots from the sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Centerboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is more pleasant to sail if the centerboard is balanced with&lt;br /&gt;
the sail.  The boat can be steered with the centerboard: when it is&lt;br /&gt;
all the way down, it will have weather helm and turn towards the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
All the way up and it will have lee helm, and turn downwind. (This&lt;br /&gt;
works best if all the weight is towards the back of the boat.)  Adjust&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard so it has a slight weather helm for the current point&lt;br /&gt;
of sail.  This adjustment will reduce the pull on the tiller and&lt;br /&gt;
reduce drag in the water caused by the centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the centerboard gets stuck.  Often it can be eased up and&lt;br /&gt;
back down or dropped quickly to get it unstuck.  Sometimes it helps to&lt;br /&gt;
tack to take the pressure off the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reefing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wind is 12-15 knots, use the first reef.  If it's 18 knots or&lt;br /&gt;
higher, use the second.  Reefing should be done on the dock rather&lt;br /&gt;
than out in the river, although when out in the harbor it may be&lt;br /&gt;
necessary to do it at sea.  There are reefing clips at two locations&lt;br /&gt;
at the end of the boom, and a reefing hook where the boom meets the&lt;br /&gt;
mast.  The sail has rings (reefing tacks and reefing clews) at the&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding locations on the sail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reef the sail, lower both halyards.  Have someone stand on the bow&lt;br /&gt;
and lift up the lowest white ring as far up the mast as it will go. Someone&lt;br /&gt;
else can hold up the end of the boom, to help the person putting in the reef. &lt;br /&gt;
To put in the reef, first hook the clips into the reefing clew (at the end of the boom).&lt;br /&gt;
The two clips go into the corresponding rings on each side of the&lt;br /&gt;
sail.  Make sure the strap connecting the two clips is not twisted, as&lt;br /&gt;
every millimeter is necessary to put in the reef.  Put in the first&lt;br /&gt;
clip first and then stretch the sail and the clips until the second&lt;br /&gt;
one is in.  Once both clips are in, attach the reefing hook to the&lt;br /&gt;
reefing tack where the boom and the mast meet.  Make sure that&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding reef points are used: do not try to use the second reef&lt;br /&gt;
on the tack and the first reef on the clew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Landing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the centerboard is fully down so the boat will turn sharply. &lt;br /&gt;
Let the sail out to slow the boat down, and make a sharp turn about a&lt;br /&gt;
boat-length away from the dock.  Sharp turns slow the boat down.  Have&lt;br /&gt;
a crew member ready with the bow line to step out of the boat, pass the &lt;br /&gt;
bow line through one of the loops on the edge of the dock and then &lt;br /&gt;
bring the line back to the boat and cleat the line on the bow cleat nearest &lt;br /&gt;
the dock. Don't forget to make sure that the bow line is passing through &lt;br /&gt;
the chock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Putting Away the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To put away the boat, get out the boom crutch and install it in the&lt;br /&gt;
stern. Take out any reefs that have been put in.&lt;br /&gt;
Lower both halyards; the red peak halyard will have to be&lt;br /&gt;
lowered faster than the throat halyard.  The white ''lazy jack'' lines&lt;br /&gt;
will cradle the sail, causing it to fall along the boom.  When the&lt;br /&gt;
sail and boom are all the way down, rest the boom in the crutch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
put the sail cover on the sail, starting from the end of the boom.&lt;br /&gt;
Put the sail cover around the front of the mast but inside the two&lt;br /&gt;
halyard lines.  Tighten and coil the mainsheet and rest it on top of&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Do not tie the mainsheet to itself - just coil it and drape it on &lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Put the tiller tamers on the tiller.  Raise the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panic Moves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is self-bailing, with two drainage holes near the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.  However, if significant water gets in the boat, pumps may be&lt;br /&gt;
located in the dry storage area in the bow.  This area also has an&lt;br /&gt;
anchor and flares for emergencies.  The boat has running lights; the&lt;br /&gt;
switch is located in the stern next to the tiller (but only works if you brought the battery).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpected events happen while sailing.  If the wind picks up suddenly&lt;br /&gt;
and the boat is overpowered, head to wind, and let the sail out.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
sail back to the dock and reef. If it's really crazy, lower the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard all the way to reduce the sail area (&amp;quot;scantelizing the peak&amp;quot;). See [http://www.beetlecat.com/store/Scripts/openExtra.asp?extra=79 example photo] from Beetle Cat, a similar boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the forestay breaks?  Head downwind to take pressure off the&lt;br /&gt;
stay, and then lower the sail.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about if the mainsheet gets lost?  Try to retrieve it by reaching&lt;br /&gt;
along the boom.  If the boat is heading downwind, lower the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard all the way and turn the tiller all the way to one side to&lt;br /&gt;
turn the boat into the wind.  This action will bring the boom back&lt;br /&gt;
over the boat.  (Avoid this problem in the first place by never&lt;br /&gt;
untying the stopper knots in the mainsheet!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the boat is stuck in irons close to the wall?  Warn the crew&lt;br /&gt;
to fend off.  Have them get out the paddle and put out the&lt;br /&gt;
fender. Land facing upwind. Try to cast off by pulling in the sail and&lt;br /&gt;
pushing the boat onto the correct tack with the oar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outline for the Class ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the outline used for teaching the Lynx class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Parts of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boat taxonomy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rigging/hoisting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tacking and jibing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Centerboard and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mooring.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reefing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Panic moves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rules of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things to remember:&lt;br /&gt;
* Never do an uncontrolled jibe. Make a big turn and tack instead if you are not certain you can jibe in a controlled manner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never untie the stopper knot at the end of the mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the chock on the dock line or the mooring line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never cleat off the halyard lines so you can quickly drop the sail if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heavy-weather Lynx sailing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat will heel and give a lot of weather helm. You can try raising the centerboard somewhat to counteract this. Be ready to counteract rounding up with the tiller when you get a strong gust, and watch out to windward to be sure you do not hit anything if you do round up. The rudder will come mostly of the water if you heel hard, making you unable to stop rounding up. The solution is to counteract hard and immediately with the tiller, and also to ease the sheet, to keep the boat from heeling to a &amp;quot;point of no return&amp;quot; when you will end up in irons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can scantelize the peak if you need to reduce sail area quickly, or take one or two reefs if you have more time, to be more efficient and permanent. Be sure you are able to do this on the water in case that is necessary: sheet in all the way, steer into the wind as much as possible, lower the throat until you are able to put in the reef at the tack, let the peak come down until the gaff is horizontal, and then put in the clew reefing clips. Note that reefing does somewhat hinder the boat's ability to point, so your close-hauled angle will be somewhat farther from the wind; it also raises the boom. You can of course &amp;quot;spill wind&amp;quot; by not sheeting in as much as you usually would, if you are overpowered, which reduces your ability to point even more. When sailing downwind with a strong wind, the bow will be pushed down hard, reducing the rudder area in the water and making it harder to steer, and also making you more likely to take waves over the bow (if in the harbor). Counteract this by moving weight of people (and heavy gear, if aboard) aft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is all the more important to control your jibes in strong winds. You can always do a &amp;quot;chicken jibe&amp;quot; (tack) if in doubt. The safest way to jibe in strong winds (if necessary) is to turn past running, to sailing by the lee briefly, before bringing the mainsail over quickly. This will make the boat be on a reach rather than a run afterward, and mean that the mainsail can be luffing slightly after the maneuver, reducing the force that it will apply on the mast, and thus both the risk of damage and the risk of excessive heeling. (This kind of jibe is good for other dinghies too, incidentally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind will slow you down very quickly if you point into irons. Therefore it can be easier to get stuck in irons, particularly if you attempt to tack when moving slowly. Be sure to have good speed on a close-hauled course before tacking.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16</id>
		<title>Lynx 16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T02:12:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Heavy-weather Lynx sailing */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx10b.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 under way.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MIT Sailing Pavilion has a new fleet of six 16-foot gaff-rigged boats built&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://areyspondboatyard.com/apby-built-boats/lynx-16-open-cockpit Arey's Pond Boat Yard]. &lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a traditional Cape Cod catboat, with one mast at the front of the boat and one gaff rigged sail, meaning the sail is four-sided. &lt;br /&gt;
The style is traditional for workboats off Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Other catboats at MIT include the Tech Dinghy and the Laser, but the Lynx is the only one with a gaff rig.&lt;br /&gt;
It is a great party boat because &lt;br /&gt;
it holds six to eight people, is relatively stable, and has a distinctive style. It is used for the monthly moonlight sailing nights. This document&lt;br /&gt;
describes how to rig and sail the Lynx. Other pages explain about [[Lynx harbor trips | trips to Boston Harbor]] and [[Lynx overnight trips | overnight trips]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its distinctive rig, the Lynx is a very recognizable boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As such, sailors should consider themselves ambassadors for MIT and&lt;br /&gt;
practice good seamanship, following the rules for right-of-way with&lt;br /&gt;
sailboats, motor boats, and human-powered vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aim of this page is to give detailed information on every aspect of the Lynx.  [[Lynx_16_Cheat_Sheet]] is a one-page summary with just the essentials.  Track repair, maintenance, and purchase items at [[Lynx_maintenance]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When sailing in the Charles River Basin, all the Pavilion rules apply&lt;br /&gt;
in terms of areas allowed to sail and recall signals.  The Lynx's&lt;br /&gt;
draft is shallow: 4'6&amp;quot; feet with the centerboard down, and 14&amp;quot; with&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard up, but it's still bad idea to run aground in Boston!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to keep some general guidelines in mind when sailing &lt;br /&gt;
the Lynx.  First, keep the lanes clear.  Stow all backpacks and gear &lt;br /&gt;
under the bench, so that crew can quickly move from  the back to the front &lt;br /&gt;
of the boat.  Second, make sure the mainsheet and halyards are always &lt;br /&gt;
running free; never tie them to themselves or stow them in a way that &lt;br /&gt;
cannot be quickly released.  (But never untie the stopper knots in these lines!)&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the mainsheet sometimes gets caught on the traveler when &lt;br /&gt;
tacking or gybing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rigging the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a gaff-rigged boat, unlike MIT's other boats.  A&lt;br /&gt;
gaff-rigged boat has a second spar called the gaff, which lies&lt;br /&gt;
parallel to the boom when the sail is down, and rises at an angle&lt;br /&gt;
above the mast when the sail is up.  This&lt;br /&gt;
rig increases the size of the sail area the mast and boom can carry,&lt;br /&gt;
with less heeling than a triangular sail, although it cannot sail as&lt;br /&gt;
close to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prepare the Lynx for sailing, first take off the sail cover, roll&lt;br /&gt;
it up, and stow it under a bench. Take off the tiller-tamers, the&lt;br /&gt;
lines holding the tiller stationary.  Take out the boom crutch and&lt;br /&gt;
stow it under the benches.  Lower the centerboard all the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the mainsheet is not cleated or fouled. But never take the&lt;br /&gt;
stopper knots off the end of the mainsheet!  These are there to&lt;br /&gt;
prevent the mainsheet from flying out of the boat, and to prevent the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail from gybing around the front of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the sail, first note that the Lynx has not one, but two&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, one to raise each end of the gaff.  The end of the gaff&lt;br /&gt;
closest to the mast is called the ''throat''; the end farthest from&lt;br /&gt;
the mast is called the ''peak''.  The corresponding halyards are&lt;br /&gt;
called the throat halyard and the peak halyard.  To raise the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail, pull both halyards up at about the same rate.  Pull the&lt;br /&gt;
throat halyard tight as high as it will go.  Then raise the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard until the sail is smooth.  If the peak is too loose, there&lt;br /&gt;
will be horizontal wrinkles in the sail; too tight, and the sail will&lt;br /&gt;
have vertical wrinkles.  Adjust it so that there is just a hint of a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical wrinkle, as the lines will stretch once underway.  Coil the&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, laying the coils in opposite directions.  Do not finish by tying the halyard to itself, as&lt;br /&gt;
that might make it difficult to quickly lower the sail in an emergency.  Instead, reach&lt;br /&gt;
through the coil and pick up the line where it comes off the cam&lt;br /&gt;
cleat, pull the loop back through the coil, and loop it over the horn&lt;br /&gt;
cleat.  Then if the halyard needs to be lowered in a hurry, it can be&lt;br /&gt;
lifted off the cleat, dropped on the deck, and it is ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the lanes are clear in the boat: the fender should be wedged&lt;br /&gt;
under the seat, and backpacks should be pushed under the benches.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
the crew can quickly reach the front of the boat in order to lower the&lt;br /&gt;
sails or open the dry storage space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Casting Off ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving the dock, pull the sail in to power up the boat and push&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller towards the dock.  It will probably be necessary to give&lt;br /&gt;
the boat a large push to get it onto the correct tack.  Make sure the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard is all the way down to make it turn as quickly as&lt;br /&gt;
possible.  Once the boat is away from the dock, stow the fender under&lt;br /&gt;
the bench. Wedge it in place so it will not move while under way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When casting off from a mooring, make sure the mooring is attached to&lt;br /&gt;
the bow cleat closest to the wall.  Switch cleats if necessary.  Pull&lt;br /&gt;
the sail all the way in and push the tiller towards the wall.  The&lt;br /&gt;
boat will power up and tack away from the wall.  Once the boat is on&lt;br /&gt;
the correct tack so that it is heading away from the wall, one person&lt;br /&gt;
should release the boat from the mooring and walk back along the wall&lt;br /&gt;
side of the boat.  This action will help the boat turn on the correct&lt;br /&gt;
tack to sail away from the wall.  The more experienced person should&lt;br /&gt;
do this job (the skipper if necessary); anyone can push the tiller&lt;br /&gt;
towards the wall, while the person handling the mooring line can make&lt;br /&gt;
or break the launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not drop the mooring line until the boat is powered up and sailing&lt;br /&gt;
away from the wall.  If necessary, more people can help hold the line&lt;br /&gt;
and get it back on the cleat for another try.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tacking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When tacking in the Lynx, pull in the sail and start to turn the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
The boat does not head upwind well, so do not pull in the sail too&lt;br /&gt;
far.  Make sure the centerboard is all the way down. Do not push the&lt;br /&gt;
tiller all the way over, or the boat will slow down and may get stuck&lt;br /&gt;
in irons.  Instead, push it about three quarters of the way over so&lt;br /&gt;
that the boat makes a gradual turn.  (Of course, turning too slowly&lt;br /&gt;
may also result in being stuck in irons.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do get stuck in irons,&lt;br /&gt;
leave the mainsheet loose and wait for the boat to start moving backwards,&lt;br /&gt;
then push the tiller over to the side you want to the bow to point. Once&lt;br /&gt;
the boat has turned out of irons, trim in the mainsheet to start moving forwards again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gybing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gybe, get on a broad reach.  Alert the crew to prepare to gybe, and&lt;br /&gt;
pull the sail in about half way.  Begin the turn; as the boat turns,&lt;br /&gt;
the crew should continue pulling in the sail.  Warn the crew as the&lt;br /&gt;
sail comes around.  Once the sail moves, let it back out and trim it&lt;br /&gt;
properly for the new course.  If the sail is pulled in too soon before&lt;br /&gt;
the turn, or not let out quickly enough after the turn, the boat will&lt;br /&gt;
develop strong weather helm and try to turn into the wind.  Because&lt;br /&gt;
the sail is so big, it is dangerous to do an uncontrolled gybe.&lt;br /&gt;
Always pull in the sail and let it back out as the boat turns.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When heading downwind, never let the sail out past the stopper knots&lt;br /&gt;
on the mainsheet.  Never remove the stopper knots from the sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Centerboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is more pleasant to sail if the centerboard is balanced with&lt;br /&gt;
the sail.  The boat can be steered with the centerboard: when it is&lt;br /&gt;
all the way down, it will have weather helm and turn towards the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
All the way up and it will have lee helm, and turn downwind. (This&lt;br /&gt;
works best if all the weight is towards the back of the boat.)  Adjust&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard so it has a slight weather helm for the current point&lt;br /&gt;
of sail.  This adjustment will reduce the pull on the tiller and&lt;br /&gt;
reduce drag in the water caused by the centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the centerboard gets stuck.  Often it can be eased up and&lt;br /&gt;
back down or dropped quickly to get it unstuck.  Sometimes it helps to&lt;br /&gt;
tack to take the pressure off the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reefing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wind is 12-15 knots, use the first reef.  If it's 18 knots or&lt;br /&gt;
higher, use the second.  Reefing should be done on the dock rather&lt;br /&gt;
than out in the river, although when out in the harbor it may be&lt;br /&gt;
necessary to do it at sea.  There are reefing clips at two locations&lt;br /&gt;
at the end of the boom, and a reefing hook where the boom meets the&lt;br /&gt;
mast.  The sail has rings (reefing tacks and reefing clews) at the&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding locations on the sail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reef the sail, lower both halyards.  Have someone stand on the bow&lt;br /&gt;
and lift up the lowest white ring as far up the mast as it will go. Someone&lt;br /&gt;
else can hold up the end of the boom, to help the person putting in the reef. &lt;br /&gt;
To put in the reef, first hook the clips into the reefing clew (at the end of the boom).&lt;br /&gt;
The two clips go into the corresponding rings on each side of the&lt;br /&gt;
sail.  Make sure the strap connecting the two clips is not twisted, as&lt;br /&gt;
every millimeter is necessary to put in the reef.  Put in the first&lt;br /&gt;
clip first and then stretch the sail and the clips until the second&lt;br /&gt;
one is in.  Once both clips are in, attach the reefing hook to the&lt;br /&gt;
reefing tack where the boom and the mast meet.  Make sure that&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding reef points are used: do not try to use the second reef&lt;br /&gt;
on the tack and the first reef on the clew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Landing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the centerboard is fully down so the boat will turn sharply. &lt;br /&gt;
Let the sail out to slow the boat down, and make a sharp turn about a&lt;br /&gt;
boat-length away from the dock.  Sharp turns slow the boat down.  Have&lt;br /&gt;
a crew member ready with the bow line to step out of the boat, pass the &lt;br /&gt;
bow line through one of the loops on the edge of the dock and then &lt;br /&gt;
bring the line back to the boat and cleat the line on the bow cleat nearest &lt;br /&gt;
the dock. Don't forget to make sure that the bow line is passing through &lt;br /&gt;
the chock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Putting Away the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To put away the boat, get out the boom crutch and install it in the&lt;br /&gt;
stern. Take out any reefs that have been put in.&lt;br /&gt;
Lower both halyards; the red peak halyard will have to be&lt;br /&gt;
lowered faster than the throat halyard.  The white ''lazy jack'' lines&lt;br /&gt;
will cradle the sail, causing it to fall along the boom.  When the&lt;br /&gt;
sail and boom are all the way down, rest the boom in the crutch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
put the sail cover on the sail, starting from the end of the boom.&lt;br /&gt;
Put the sail cover around the front of the mast but inside the two&lt;br /&gt;
halyard lines.  Tighten and coil the mainsheet and rest it on top of&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Do not tie the mainsheet to itself - just coil it and drape it on &lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Put the tiller tamers on the tiller.  Raise the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panic Moves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is self-bailing, with two drainage holes near the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.  However, if significant water gets in the boat, pumps may be&lt;br /&gt;
located in the dry storage area in the bow.  This area also has an&lt;br /&gt;
anchor and flares for emergencies.  The boat has running lights; the&lt;br /&gt;
switch is located in the stern next to the tiller (but only works if you brought the battery).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpected events happen while sailing.  If the wind picks up suddenly&lt;br /&gt;
and the boat is overpowered, head to wind, and let the sail out.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
sail back to the dock and reef. If it's really crazy, lower the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard all the way to reduce the sail area (&amp;quot;scantelizing the peak&amp;quot;). See [http://www.beetlecat.com/store/Scripts/openExtra.asp?extra=79 example photo] from Beetle Cat, a similar boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the forestay breaks?  Head downwind to take pressure off the&lt;br /&gt;
stay, and then lower the sail.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about if the mainsheet gets lost?  Try to retrieve it by reaching&lt;br /&gt;
along the boom.  If the boat is heading downwind, lower the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard all the way and turn the tiller all the way to one side to&lt;br /&gt;
turn the boat into the wind.  This action will bring the boom back&lt;br /&gt;
over the boat.  (Avoid this problem in the first place by never&lt;br /&gt;
untying the stopper knots in the mainsheet!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the boat is stuck in irons close to the wall?  Warn the crew&lt;br /&gt;
to fend off.  Have them get out the paddle and put out the&lt;br /&gt;
fender. Land facing upwind. Try to cast off by pulling in the sail and&lt;br /&gt;
pushing the boat onto the correct tack with the oar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outline for the Class ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the outline used for teaching the Lynx class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Parts of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boat taxonomy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rigging/hoisting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tacking and jibing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Centerboard and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mooring.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reefing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Panic moves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rules of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things to remember:&lt;br /&gt;
* Never do an uncontrolled jibe. Make a big turn and tack instead if you are not certain you can jibe in a controlled manner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never untie the stopper knot at the end of the mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the fender when docking.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the chock on the dock line or the mooring line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never cleat off the halyard lines so you can quickly drop the sail if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heavy-weather Lynx sailing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat will heel and give a lot of weather helm. You can try raising the centerboard somewhat to counteract this. Be ready to counteract rounding up with the tiller when you get a strong gust, and watch out to windward to be sure you do not hit anything if you do round up. The rudder will come mostly of the water if you heel hard, making you unable to stop rounding up. The solution is to counteract hard and immediately with the tiller, and also to ease the sheet, to keep the boat from heeling to a &amp;quot;point of no return&amp;quot; when you will end up in irons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can scantelize the peak if you need to reduce sail area quickly, or take one or two reefs if you have more time, to be more efficient and permanent. Be sure you are able to do this on the water in case that is necessary: sheet in all the way, steer into the wind as much as possible, lower the throat until you are able to put in the reef at the tack, let the peak come down until the gaff is horizontal, and then put in the clew reefing clips. Note that reefing does somewhat hinder the boat's ability to point, so your close-hauled angle will be somewhat farther from the wind; it also raises the boom. You can of course &amp;quot;spill wind&amp;quot; by not sheeting in as much as you usually would, if you are overpowered, which reduces your ability to point even more. When sailing downwind with a strong wind, the bow will be pushed down hard, reducing the rudder area in the water and making it harder to steer, and also making you more likely to take waves over the bow (if in the harbor). Counteract this by moving weight of people (and heavy gear, if aboard) aft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is all the more important to control your jibes in strong winds. You can always do a &amp;quot;chicken jibe&amp;quot; (tack) if in doubt. The safest way to jibe in strong winds (if necessary) is to turn past running, to sailing by the lee briefly, before bringing the mainsail over quickly. This will make the boat be on a reach rather than a run afterward, and mean that the mainsail can be luffing slightly after the maneuver, reducing the force that it will apply on the mast, and thus both the risk of damage and the risk of excessive heeling. (This kind of jibe is good for other dinghies too, incidentally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind will slow you down very quickly if you point into irons. Therefore it can be easier to get stuck in irons, particularly if you attempt to tack when moving slowly. Be sure to have good speed on a close-hauled course before tacking.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16</id>
		<title>Lynx 16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T02:09:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Heavy-weather Lynx sailing */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx10b.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 under way.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MIT Sailing Pavilion has a new fleet of six 16-foot gaff-rigged boats built&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://areyspondboatyard.com/apby-built-boats/lynx-16-open-cockpit Arey's Pond Boat Yard]. &lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a traditional Cape Cod catboat, with one mast at the front of the boat and one gaff rigged sail, meaning the sail is four-sided. &lt;br /&gt;
The style is traditional for workboats off Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Other catboats at MIT include the Tech Dinghy and the Laser, but the Lynx is the only one with a gaff rig.&lt;br /&gt;
It is a great party boat because &lt;br /&gt;
it holds six to eight people, is relatively stable, and has a distinctive style. It is used for the monthly moonlight sailing nights. This document&lt;br /&gt;
describes how to rig and sail the Lynx. Other pages explain about [[Lynx harbor trips | trips to Boston Harbor]] and [[Lynx overnight trips | overnight trips]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its distinctive rig, the Lynx is a very recognizable boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As such, sailors should consider themselves ambassadors for MIT and&lt;br /&gt;
practice good seamanship, following the rules for right-of-way with&lt;br /&gt;
sailboats, motor boats, and human-powered vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aim of this page is to give detailed information on every aspect of the Lynx.  [[Lynx_16_Cheat_Sheet]] is a one-page summary with just the essentials.  Track repair, maintenance, and purchase items at [[Lynx_maintenance]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When sailing in the Charles River Basin, all the Pavilion rules apply&lt;br /&gt;
in terms of areas allowed to sail and recall signals.  The Lynx's&lt;br /&gt;
draft is shallow: 4'6&amp;quot; feet with the centerboard down, and 14&amp;quot; with&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard up, but it's still bad idea to run aground in Boston!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to keep some general guidelines in mind when sailing &lt;br /&gt;
the Lynx.  First, keep the lanes clear.  Stow all backpacks and gear &lt;br /&gt;
under the bench, so that crew can quickly move from  the back to the front &lt;br /&gt;
of the boat.  Second, make sure the mainsheet and halyards are always &lt;br /&gt;
running free; never tie them to themselves or stow them in a way that &lt;br /&gt;
cannot be quickly released.  (But never untie the stopper knots in these lines!)&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the mainsheet sometimes gets caught on the traveler when &lt;br /&gt;
tacking or gybing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rigging the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a gaff-rigged boat, unlike MIT's other boats.  A&lt;br /&gt;
gaff-rigged boat has a second spar called the gaff, which lies&lt;br /&gt;
parallel to the boom when the sail is down, and rises at an angle&lt;br /&gt;
above the mast when the sail is up.  This&lt;br /&gt;
rig increases the size of the sail area the mast and boom can carry,&lt;br /&gt;
with less heeling than a triangular sail, although it cannot sail as&lt;br /&gt;
close to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prepare the Lynx for sailing, first take off the sail cover, roll&lt;br /&gt;
it up, and stow it under a bench. Take off the tiller-tamers, the&lt;br /&gt;
lines holding the tiller stationary.  Take out the boom crutch and&lt;br /&gt;
stow it under the benches.  Lower the centerboard all the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the mainsheet is not cleated or fouled. But never take the&lt;br /&gt;
stopper knots off the end of the mainsheet!  These are there to&lt;br /&gt;
prevent the mainsheet from flying out of the boat, and to prevent the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail from gybing around the front of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the sail, first note that the Lynx has not one, but two&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, one to raise each end of the gaff.  The end of the gaff&lt;br /&gt;
closest to the mast is called the ''throat''; the end farthest from&lt;br /&gt;
the mast is called the ''peak''.  The corresponding halyards are&lt;br /&gt;
called the throat halyard and the peak halyard.  To raise the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail, pull both halyards up at about the same rate.  Pull the&lt;br /&gt;
throat halyard tight as high as it will go.  Then raise the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard until the sail is smooth.  If the peak is too loose, there&lt;br /&gt;
will be horizontal wrinkles in the sail; too tight, and the sail will&lt;br /&gt;
have vertical wrinkles.  Adjust it so that there is just a hint of a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical wrinkle, as the lines will stretch once underway.  Coil the&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, laying the coils in opposite directions.  Do not finish by tying the halyard to itself, as&lt;br /&gt;
that might make it difficult to quickly lower the sail in an emergency.  Instead, reach&lt;br /&gt;
through the coil and pick up the line where it comes off the cam&lt;br /&gt;
cleat, pull the loop back through the coil, and loop it over the horn&lt;br /&gt;
cleat.  Then if the halyard needs to be lowered in a hurry, it can be&lt;br /&gt;
lifted off the cleat, dropped on the deck, and it is ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the lanes are clear in the boat: the fender should be wedged&lt;br /&gt;
under the seat, and backpacks should be pushed under the benches.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
the crew can quickly reach the front of the boat in order to lower the&lt;br /&gt;
sails or open the dry storage space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Casting Off ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving the dock, pull the sail in to power up the boat and push&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller towards the dock.  It will probably be necessary to give&lt;br /&gt;
the boat a large push to get it onto the correct tack.  Make sure the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard is all the way down to make it turn as quickly as&lt;br /&gt;
possible.  Once the boat is away from the dock, stow the fender under&lt;br /&gt;
the bench. Wedge it in place so it will not move while under way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When casting off from a mooring, make sure the mooring is attached to&lt;br /&gt;
the bow cleat closest to the wall.  Switch cleats if necessary.  Pull&lt;br /&gt;
the sail all the way in and push the tiller towards the wall.  The&lt;br /&gt;
boat will power up and tack away from the wall.  Once the boat is on&lt;br /&gt;
the correct tack so that it is heading away from the wall, one person&lt;br /&gt;
should release the boat from the mooring and walk back along the wall&lt;br /&gt;
side of the boat.  This action will help the boat turn on the correct&lt;br /&gt;
tack to sail away from the wall.  The more experienced person should&lt;br /&gt;
do this job (the skipper if necessary); anyone can push the tiller&lt;br /&gt;
towards the wall, while the person handling the mooring line can make&lt;br /&gt;
or break the launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not drop the mooring line until the boat is powered up and sailing&lt;br /&gt;
away from the wall.  If necessary, more people can help hold the line&lt;br /&gt;
and get it back on the cleat for another try.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tacking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When tacking in the Lynx, pull in the sail and start to turn the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
The boat does not head upwind well, so do not pull in the sail too&lt;br /&gt;
far.  Make sure the centerboard is all the way down. Do not push the&lt;br /&gt;
tiller all the way over, or the boat will slow down and may get stuck&lt;br /&gt;
in irons.  Instead, push it about three quarters of the way over so&lt;br /&gt;
that the boat makes a gradual turn.  (Of course, turning too slowly&lt;br /&gt;
may also result in being stuck in irons.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do get stuck in irons,&lt;br /&gt;
leave the mainsheet loose and wait for the boat to start moving backwards,&lt;br /&gt;
then push the tiller over to the side you want to the bow to point. Once&lt;br /&gt;
the boat has turned out of irons, trim in the mainsheet to start moving forwards again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gybing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gybe, get on a broad reach.  Alert the crew to prepare to gybe, and&lt;br /&gt;
pull the sail in about half way.  Begin the turn; as the boat turns,&lt;br /&gt;
the crew should continue pulling in the sail.  Warn the crew as the&lt;br /&gt;
sail comes around.  Once the sail moves, let it back out and trim it&lt;br /&gt;
properly for the new course.  If the sail is pulled in too soon before&lt;br /&gt;
the turn, or not let out quickly enough after the turn, the boat will&lt;br /&gt;
develop strong weather helm and try to turn into the wind.  Because&lt;br /&gt;
the sail is so big, it is dangerous to do an uncontrolled gybe.&lt;br /&gt;
Always pull in the sail and let it back out as the boat turns.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When heading downwind, never let the sail out past the stopper knots&lt;br /&gt;
on the mainsheet.  Never remove the stopper knots from the sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Centerboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is more pleasant to sail if the centerboard is balanced with&lt;br /&gt;
the sail.  The boat can be steered with the centerboard: when it is&lt;br /&gt;
all the way down, it will have weather helm and turn towards the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
All the way up and it will have lee helm, and turn downwind. (This&lt;br /&gt;
works best if all the weight is towards the back of the boat.)  Adjust&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard so it has a slight weather helm for the current point&lt;br /&gt;
of sail.  This adjustment will reduce the pull on the tiller and&lt;br /&gt;
reduce drag in the water caused by the centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the centerboard gets stuck.  Often it can be eased up and&lt;br /&gt;
back down or dropped quickly to get it unstuck.  Sometimes it helps to&lt;br /&gt;
tack to take the pressure off the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reefing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wind is 12-15 knots, use the first reef.  If it's 18 knots or&lt;br /&gt;
higher, use the second.  Reefing should be done on the dock rather&lt;br /&gt;
than out in the river, although when out in the harbor it may be&lt;br /&gt;
necessary to do it at sea.  There are reefing clips at two locations&lt;br /&gt;
at the end of the boom, and a reefing hook where the boom meets the&lt;br /&gt;
mast.  The sail has rings (reefing tacks and reefing clews) at the&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding locations on the sail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reef the sail, lower both halyards.  Have someone stand on the bow&lt;br /&gt;
and lift up the lowest white ring as far up the mast as it will go. Someone&lt;br /&gt;
else can hold up the end of the boom, to help the person putting in the reef. &lt;br /&gt;
To put in the reef, first hook the clips into the reefing clew (at the end of the boom).&lt;br /&gt;
The two clips go into the corresponding rings on each side of the&lt;br /&gt;
sail.  Make sure the strap connecting the two clips is not twisted, as&lt;br /&gt;
every millimeter is necessary to put in the reef.  Put in the first&lt;br /&gt;
clip first and then stretch the sail and the clips until the second&lt;br /&gt;
one is in.  Once both clips are in, attach the reefing hook to the&lt;br /&gt;
reefing tack where the boom and the mast meet.  Make sure that&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding reef points are used: do not try to use the second reef&lt;br /&gt;
on the tack and the first reef on the clew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Landing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the centerboard is fully down so the boat will turn sharply. &lt;br /&gt;
Let the sail out to slow the boat down, and make a sharp turn about a&lt;br /&gt;
boat-length away from the dock.  Sharp turns slow the boat down.  Have&lt;br /&gt;
a crew member ready with the bow line to step out of the boat, pass the &lt;br /&gt;
bow line through one of the loops on the edge of the dock and then &lt;br /&gt;
bring the line back to the boat and cleat the line on the bow cleat nearest &lt;br /&gt;
the dock. Don't forget to make sure that the bow line is passing through &lt;br /&gt;
the chock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Putting Away the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To put away the boat, get out the boom crutch and install it in the&lt;br /&gt;
stern. Take out any reefs that have been put in.&lt;br /&gt;
Lower both halyards; the red peak halyard will have to be&lt;br /&gt;
lowered faster than the throat halyard.  The white ''lazy jack'' lines&lt;br /&gt;
will cradle the sail, causing it to fall along the boom.  When the&lt;br /&gt;
sail and boom are all the way down, rest the boom in the crutch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
put the sail cover on the sail, starting from the end of the boom.&lt;br /&gt;
Put the sail cover around the front of the mast but inside the two&lt;br /&gt;
halyard lines.  Tighten and coil the mainsheet and rest it on top of&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Do not tie the mainsheet to itself - just coil it and drape it on &lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Put the tiller tamers on the tiller.  Raise the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panic Moves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is self-bailing, with two drainage holes near the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.  However, if significant water gets in the boat, pumps may be&lt;br /&gt;
located in the dry storage area in the bow.  This area also has an&lt;br /&gt;
anchor and flares for emergencies.  The boat has running lights; the&lt;br /&gt;
switch is located in the stern next to the tiller (but only works if you brought the battery).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpected events happen while sailing.  If the wind picks up suddenly&lt;br /&gt;
and the boat is overpowered, head to wind, and let the sail out.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
sail back to the dock and reef. If it's really crazy, lower the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard all the way to reduce the sail area (&amp;quot;scantelizing the peak&amp;quot;). See [http://www.beetlecat.com/store/Scripts/openExtra.asp?extra=79 example photo] from Beetle Cat, a similar boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the forestay breaks?  Head downwind to take pressure off the&lt;br /&gt;
stay, and then lower the sail.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about if the mainsheet gets lost?  Try to retrieve it by reaching&lt;br /&gt;
along the boom.  If the boat is heading downwind, lower the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard all the way and turn the tiller all the way to one side to&lt;br /&gt;
turn the boat into the wind.  This action will bring the boom back&lt;br /&gt;
over the boat.  (Avoid this problem in the first place by never&lt;br /&gt;
untying the stopper knots in the mainsheet!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the boat is stuck in irons close to the wall?  Warn the crew&lt;br /&gt;
to fend off.  Have them get out the paddle and put out the&lt;br /&gt;
fender. Land facing upwind. Try to cast off by pulling in the sail and&lt;br /&gt;
pushing the boat onto the correct tack with the oar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outline for the Class ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the outline used for teaching the Lynx class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Parts of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boat taxonomy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rigging/hoisting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tacking and jibing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Centerboard and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mooring.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reefing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Panic moves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rules of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things to remember:&lt;br /&gt;
* Never do an uncontrolled jibe. Make a big turn and tack instead if you are not certain you can jibe in a controlled manner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never untie the stopper knot at the end of the mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the fender when docking.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the chock on the dock line or the mooring line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never cleat off the halyard lines so you can quickly drop the sail if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heavy-weather Lynx sailing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat will heel and give a lot of weather helm. You can try raising the centerboard somewhat to counteract this. Be ready to counteract rounding up with the tiller when you get a strong gust, and watch out to windward to be sure you do not hit anything if you do round up. The rudder will come mostly of the water if you heel hard, making you unable to stop rounding up. The solution is to counteract hard and immediately with the tiller, and also to ease the sheet, to keep the boat from heeling to a &amp;quot;point of no return&amp;quot; when you will end up in irons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can scantelize the peak if you need to reduce sail area quickly, or take one or two reefs if you have more time, to be more efficient and permanent. Be sure you are able to do this on the water in case that is necessary. Note that reefing does somewhat hinder the boat's ability to point, so your close-hauled angle will be somewhat farther from the wind; it also raises the boom. You can of course &amp;quot;spill wind&amp;quot; by not sheeting in as much as you usually would, if you are overpowered, which reduces your ability to point even more. When sailing downwind with a strong wind, the bow will be pushed down hard, reducing the rudder area in the water and making it harder to steer, and also making you more likely to take waves over the bow (if in the harbor). Counteract this by moving weight of people (and heavy gear, if aboard) aft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is all the more important to control your jibes in strong winds. You can always do a &amp;quot;chicken jibe&amp;quot; (tack) if in doubt. The safest way to jibe in strong winds (if necessary) is to turn past running, to sailing by the lee briefly, before bringing the mainsail over quickly. This will make the boat be on a reach rather than a run afterward, and mean that the mainsail can be luffing slightly after the maneuver, reducing the force that it will apply on the mast, and thus both the risk of damage and the risk of excessive heeling. (This kind of jibe is good for other dinghies too, incidentally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind will slow you down very quickly if you point into irons. Therefore it can be easier to get stuck in irons, particularly if you attempt to tack when moving slowly. Be sure to have good speed on a close-hauled course before tacking.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T02:07:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/noaatidepredictions/NOAATidesFacade.jsp?Stationid=8444162 tide height station]. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the [http://forecast.weather.gov/shmrn.php?mz=anz230 Boston Harbor marine forecast] periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T02:04:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/noaatidepredictions/NOAATidesFacade.jsp?Stationid=8444162 tide height station]. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the marine forecast periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T01:59:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Before the Trip */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create an event on the website for the trip. Six people per boat is a practical maximum for comfortable sailing all day in the Lynx for a harbor trip. Three is a reasonable minimum: you can certainly sail with two but the process of putting the mast up and down will be very difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stepping the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, get&lt;br /&gt;
and install the mast crutch.  They are stored in the workshop.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand-bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27; agree on working channel such as 72 with all skippers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you pass a duckboat, the driver may lead the passengers in yelling &amp;quot;Quack!&amp;quot; at you. The correct response, of course, is &amp;quot;Meow!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://home.comcast.net/~bostondavid/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These websites no longer exist. If they can be re-located, they certainly sound useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the inboard fuel tank of the motor, Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T01:40:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest tide height station. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [http://www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the marine forecast periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-24T01:22:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Island Activities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest tide height station. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the marine forecast periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online]. The group campsite is a big field, which is a good venue for morning yoga on sleeping pads, a game of frisbee, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T21:23:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Navigating in the Harbor */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stepping the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, get&lt;br /&gt;
and install the mast crutch.  They are stored in the workshop.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand-bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27; agree on working channel such as 72 with all skippers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you pass a duckboat, the driver may lead the passengers in yelling &amp;quot;Quack!&amp;quot; at you. The correct response, of course, is &amp;quot;Meow!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://home.comcast.net/~bostondavid/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These websites no longer exist. If they can be re-located, they certainly sound useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the inboard fuel tank of the motor, Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T03:16:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Stuff to Take */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stepping the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, get&lt;br /&gt;
and install the mast crutch.  They are stored in the workshop.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand-bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27; agree on working channel such as 72 with all skippers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you pass a duckboat, the driver may lead the passengers in yelling &amp;quot;Quack!&amp;quot; at you. The correct response, of course, is &amp;quot;Meow!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://users.rcn.com/dhkaye/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These websites no longer exist. If they can be re-located, they certainly sound useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the inboard fuel tank of the motor, Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T03:14:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lovells_Island_chart.png|frame|Lovells Island and environs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest tide height station. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the marine forecast periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/File:Lovells_Island_chart.png</id>
		<title>File:Lovells Island chart.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/File:Lovells_Island_chart.png"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T03:13:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: electronic chart screenshot showing Lovells Island and environs&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;electronic chart screenshot showing Lovells Island and environs&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T03:10:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Navigating in the Harbor */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stepping the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, get&lt;br /&gt;
and install the mast crutch.  They are stored in the workshop.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you pass a duckboat, the driver may lead the passengers in yelling &amp;quot;Quack!&amp;quot; at you. The correct response, of course, is &amp;quot;Meow!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://users.rcn.com/dhkaye/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These websites no longer exist. If they can be re-located, they certainly sound useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the inboard fuel tank of the motor, Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T03:09:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Getting to the Harbor */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stepping the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, get&lt;br /&gt;
and install the mast crutch.  They are stored in the workshop.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you pass a duckboat, the driver may lead the passengers in yelling &amp;quot;Quack!&amp;quot; at you. The correct response, of course, is &amp;quot;Meow!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://users.rcn.com/dhkaye/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website no longer exists. If it can be re-located, it certainly sounds useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the inboard fuel tank of the motor, Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T03:08:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Returning Home */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stepping the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, get&lt;br /&gt;
and install the mast crutch.  They are stored in the workshop.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://users.rcn.com/dhkaye/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website no longer exists. If it can be re-located, it certainly sounds useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the inboard fuel tank of the motor, Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx harbor trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_harbor_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T03:07:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: /* Docking at Spectacle Island */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx_in_Boston_Harbor.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 in Boston Harbor, with the Boston skyline in the background.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section describes how to take one of MIT's [[Lynx 16]] boats from&lt;br /&gt;
the Sailing Pavilion to Boston Harbor. This document should serve as a guide only; nothing can take the place&lt;br /&gt;
of experience of actually going on trips.  The procedure is to put an&lt;br /&gt;
engine on the boat, step the mast, motor through the lock into the&lt;br /&gt;
harbor, raise the mast, and sail away.  The process is reversed on the&lt;br /&gt;
way back.  Further matters pertaining to overnight trips are discussed [[Lynx overnight trips | here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sailing safely in the harbor involves many skills not covered here: reading a chart and understanding navigation&lt;br /&gt;
aids, using a VHF radio, knowing how to use all safety equipment, understanding weather conditions and tides,&lt;br /&gt;
anchoring, and right-of-way rules. How should you develop these skills? Lynx harbor trips of course are best,&lt;br /&gt;
but also sails on our real [http://sailing.mit.edu/bluewater/ bluewater boat X-Dimension] are great opportunities&lt;br /&gt;
to learn and practice, particularly the training for the [[Bluewater Ratings | bluewater crew rating]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Before the Trip ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan where you are going, and make sure that other people know the&lt;br /&gt;
plan.  Email Fran Charles and dockmaster@mit.edu to make sure the trip&lt;br /&gt;
is okay.  Tell them your float plan.  Check the weather the night&lt;br /&gt;
before and the morning of the trip; if there are thunderstorms,&lt;br /&gt;
consider rescheduling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Engine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need an engine to get to the harbor, since we must step the mast to&lt;br /&gt;
fit under the bridges between the Pavilion and the Harbor.  It is also&lt;br /&gt;
required to dock at Spectacle Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing the Motor on the Boat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engines are not normally installed on the Lynx, so the first task&lt;br /&gt;
is to put the engine on the boat, either the night before or the&lt;br /&gt;
morning of the trip.  First, tie up a Lynx in front of the bay with&lt;br /&gt;
the motors, on the east end of the dock.  The side of the boat with&lt;br /&gt;
the motor mount should be closest to the dock.  Tie a stern line as&lt;br /&gt;
tightly as possible so that the motor mount is close to the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take a Tohatsu 4-stroke engine from the bay, and carry it vertically&lt;br /&gt;
to the boat.  You can gently rest the engine vertically on the metal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;skeg&amp;quot; which sticks out below the propeller.  Do not rest it on the&lt;br /&gt;
propeller itself!  Then tie a line to the mounting bracket on the&lt;br /&gt;
engine, so that if you accidentally drop it, you can quickly pull it&lt;br /&gt;
out of the water.  Flip the engine and engine mount horizontally so&lt;br /&gt;
that the bars on the mounting bracket will fit into the motor mount on&lt;br /&gt;
the boat.  Guide them into the mount and slowly rotate the engine down&lt;br /&gt;
into the water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Starting the Engine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installing the engine, inspect it, and then start it to make&lt;br /&gt;
sure that it works.  First, check the fuel tank. If it hasn't been&lt;br /&gt;
used in a while, and the fuel is old, then it's a good idea to put&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner in it.  You can get this from the dock staff.  If you need&lt;br /&gt;
to, add fuel.  When testing the engine, it might be better to not add&lt;br /&gt;
too much fuel, since if it's broken, it's easier to take the engine&lt;br /&gt;
out with an empty fuel tank.  The engine takes regular gasoline, the&lt;br /&gt;
same as the launches.  Take the cover off, and check that the engine&lt;br /&gt;
has oil.  If not, ask the dock staff to help you add oil.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When the engine is not being used (when sailing, or being stored&lt;br /&gt;
overnight), it should be raised up out of the water.  Before raising&lt;br /&gt;
it, make sure the air is closed before to prevent gas from leaking&lt;br /&gt;
out.  Raise the motor by pushing a silver handle near the base and&lt;br /&gt;
pulling up on the handle.  Lower it using a black and metal lever.&lt;br /&gt;
The engine should always be started with the propeller blades in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the engine, make sure that the propeller blades are in the&lt;br /&gt;
water.  Open the air vent by turning the white cap on top of the fuel&lt;br /&gt;
tank cap.  Make sure the fuel line is set to use the internal tank&lt;br /&gt;
using the lever on the right side of the engine.  Check that the red&lt;br /&gt;
safety button is being held open with the plastic wire.  Pull out the&lt;br /&gt;
choke.  Set the throttle to the starting position.  Make sure it is in&lt;br /&gt;
neutral.  Then pull the handle quickly to start it.  Once it catches,&lt;br /&gt;
immediately check that water is draining out of the engine; if water&lt;br /&gt;
is not coming out, then stop the engine by pushing the red button.  It&lt;br /&gt;
uses water to cool itself and will overheat quickly of the cooling&lt;br /&gt;
system is broken.  Slowly push in the choke, and then turn down the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle to idle.  It may take a while to warm up before it will go&lt;br /&gt;
into idle, especially if the engine has not been used in a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine takes gasoline.  It helps to add fuel conditioner, but&lt;br /&gt;
there is no need to mix it with oil, as with two stroke engines.  One&lt;br /&gt;
tank of gas can get from the Pavilion to the Harbor, to and from the&lt;br /&gt;
docks at an island, and back to the Pavilion.  However it's good to&lt;br /&gt;
bring extra fuel in case of unexpected events.  The Pavilion has&lt;br /&gt;
containers for fuel; it is generally enough to take about one extra&lt;br /&gt;
tank.  If a tank already has gas in it, it's a good idea to add fuel&lt;br /&gt;
conditioner to the gas in the tank.  If the engine runs out of fuel&lt;br /&gt;
while running, it can take a while to restart it.  It is better to&lt;br /&gt;
stop the engine, refuel, and then restart it rather than to let it run&lt;br /&gt;
out of gas.  The fuel container can be stored under one of the&lt;br /&gt;
benches.  It should be stored securely and tied down to avoid&lt;br /&gt;
spilling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Driving With the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next in order-of-operations for a harbor trip is stepping the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
However I will cover driving with the motor here so that all the&lt;br /&gt;
engine information is together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When driving with the motor, the boat is classified as a power boat,&lt;br /&gt;
and must give way to boats under sail and human-powered boats.  To&lt;br /&gt;
steer, use the boat's tiller rather than the one on the engine.  The&lt;br /&gt;
ease of pivoting the engine's tiller can be adjusted by turning a&lt;br /&gt;
handle underneath the motor; set this to be fairly stiff so you don't&lt;br /&gt;
accidentally move the engine's tiller.  However it should be loose&lt;br /&gt;
enough so that the engine tiller can still be moved to help turn more&lt;br /&gt;
quickly if necessary and to make adjustments to the engine's&lt;br /&gt;
direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go forward, turn the throttle all the way down, and switch the&lt;br /&gt;
lever on the left side of the engine from neutral to forward.  To go&lt;br /&gt;
faster, adjust the throttle upwards.  To go into reverse, adjust the&lt;br /&gt;
throttle down, then switch to neutral, and then switch to reverse; do&lt;br /&gt;
not go directly from forward into reverse (or reverse into forward) as&lt;br /&gt;
this damages the transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in tight spaces, lower the centerboard to give the boat more&lt;br /&gt;
maneuverability.  When traveling long distances, raise the centerboard&lt;br /&gt;
to reduce drag.  If the boat needs to turn faster, use the engine as&lt;br /&gt;
well as the tiller.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to dock with the engine, and maneuver in fairly&lt;br /&gt;
tight spaces in order to go through the locks and use the docks at&lt;br /&gt;
Boston Harbor Islands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Turning Off the Motor ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not turn off the motor until the boat is controlled in another way,&lt;br /&gt;
either with a line or with the sail.  Set the throttle all the way&lt;br /&gt;
down, and push the red button to turn it off.  Raise the propeller out&lt;br /&gt;
of the water if it will not be used in a while.  Raise it overnight,&lt;br /&gt;
and when under sail.  It is okay to leave it in the water for a few&lt;br /&gt;
hours when docking at an island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stepping the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the sail is lowered, and put on the sail cover.  First, get&lt;br /&gt;
and install the mast crutch.  They are stored in the workshop.  There&lt;br /&gt;
is a hole in the seat near the stern of the boat, and a matching hole&lt;br /&gt;
in the floor.  Put the mast crutch through the bench and into the hole&lt;br /&gt;
on the floor.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take off the forestay.  Take a pair of pliers and a screwdriver.  At&lt;br /&gt;
the base of the forestay is the turnbuckle.  Ask one person to lift up&lt;br /&gt;
the boom, to take pressure off the mast.  Ask a second person to push&lt;br /&gt;
forward on the mast.  Then take the ringding off the forestay pin and&lt;br /&gt;
pull it out.  Be careful not to drop it in the water.  If you can't&lt;br /&gt;
take it out, then you need to loosen the turnbuckle.  There are two&lt;br /&gt;
ringdings in the two screws in the turnbuckle.  Take the ringdings out&lt;br /&gt;
of the screws, but leave them attached to the turnbuckle itself.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
hold the flat part of the turnbuckle with a pair of pliers, and use a&lt;br /&gt;
screwdriver to turn the lower part to loosen it.  Be careful to turn&lt;br /&gt;
it in the proper direction.  Never entirely unscrew the screws from&lt;br /&gt;
the turnbuckle; just loosen it.  Try again to take out the forestay&lt;br /&gt;
pin, and loosen the turnbuckle more if necessary.  Once the pin is&lt;br /&gt;
out, put the ringdings back in the screws on the turnbuckle.&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise the screws could fall out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the forestay is off, get ready to lower the mast.  Make sure all&lt;br /&gt;
the lines are loose: peak halyard, throat halyard, and mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
Pull the halyards all the way through the holes in the bow.  Make sure&lt;br /&gt;
the benches and runway are clear, as you will be walking from the bow&lt;br /&gt;
towards the stern of the boat as you lower the mast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, lower the mast.  Stand on the bow with a helper.  Lift the mast&lt;br /&gt;
straight up four inches, using the handle on the front of the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
and then bend it backwards, lowering it towards the stern of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As the mast lowers, walk back towards the stern to gain a mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
advantage as it comes down.  Carefully lower the mast into the crutch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, clean things up.  Take up the slack in the peak and throat&lt;br /&gt;
halyards and coil the lines.  Make sure there are no lines in the&lt;br /&gt;
water, especially the forestay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Checklists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to use a checklist before leaving to ensure that nothing is forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Take ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before leaving, make sure you have everything you need for the trip.&lt;br /&gt;
It's often 20°F cooler on the water in the harbor than in&lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge, so be sure to dress warmly!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a partial checklist.&lt;br /&gt;
* nautical charts &amp;amp; hand bearing compass&lt;br /&gt;
* engine&lt;br /&gt;
* fuel&lt;br /&gt;
** gas line and 3.2 gallon gas tank (filled).  &lt;br /&gt;
** four stroke engine oil (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
** fuel conditioner (1 quart)&lt;br /&gt;
* soundmaking devices&lt;br /&gt;
** whistle&lt;br /&gt;
** air horn&lt;br /&gt;
* life jacket (minimum one per person)&lt;br /&gt;
* food and water (suggestion: bring a cooler with ice)&lt;br /&gt;
* sunscreen&lt;br /&gt;
* camera&lt;br /&gt;
* VHF radio (perform radio check before departure, e.g. channel 27)&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone with the Pavilion's phone number&lt;br /&gt;
* pliers (2)  (preferably needle nose pliers and channel locks for the turnbuckle.)&lt;br /&gt;
* screwdrivers &lt;br /&gt;
** philips head (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** flathead (1)&lt;br /&gt;
* cold and water resistant clothing&lt;br /&gt;
* extra line.  (Sets of dock lines are stored in the harbor trip locker.)&lt;br /&gt;
** stern line (20 ft. gauge ??)&lt;br /&gt;
** spring lines (2) - 20 ft. gauge??, &lt;br /&gt;
** fender lines (2) - 3 ft each (gauge??)&lt;br /&gt;
**spare lines (short and long).&lt;br /&gt;
* spare parts for the Lynx &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay cotter ring (4)&lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle &lt;br /&gt;
** forestay turnbuckle cotter rings (or ring pins) x 3&lt;br /&gt;
** traveller shackle (1), cotter ring (3) and cotter pin (2)&lt;br /&gt;
** peak shackles (2), cotter pins, cotter rings and eyestrap bolts. &lt;br /&gt;
* pills for seasickness&lt;br /&gt;
* binoculars&lt;br /&gt;
* fenders (2) (in addition to the ball fender attached in the boat)&lt;br /&gt;
* flares (should already be in the front compartment.) &lt;br /&gt;
* anchor (should already be in the front compartment.)&lt;br /&gt;
* paddle (should already be under one of the benches.)&lt;br /&gt;
* first aid kit&lt;br /&gt;
* pump&lt;br /&gt;
* bailer&lt;br /&gt;
* throwable life preserver&lt;br /&gt;
* flashlight&lt;br /&gt;
* battery for lights - make sure it is installed and tested - even for day trips - lights are good for a sudden storm.&lt;br /&gt;
* boat hook (currently in bay one)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Stuff to Do ===  &lt;br /&gt;
* The week before&lt;br /&gt;
** Email/coordinate with the dock master to make sure the trip is okay.  Sometimes there are special events where they need all the Lynxes.  Other times there is a race, and they will want us to leave early to avoid tying up the dock.&lt;br /&gt;
** Create the trip on the MITNA web site.  Copy and old trip and change the dates and organizers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Email bluewater@mit.edu to let people know about the trip.  Once you send mail to bluewater, it will fill up in a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
* The night before.&lt;br /&gt;
** Confirm the boat has a reefing hook.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check that the yoke is in good shape.&lt;br /&gt;
** Pump bilge.&lt;br /&gt;
** Install engine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unstep mast.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check battery.  Confirm it's charged, even for day trips, in case of a storm.&lt;br /&gt;
** Tighten screws on the mast and the reefing clips.&lt;br /&gt;
* The morning of the trip&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the weather and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
** Send a float plan to dockmaster@mit.edu and dockstaff@mit.edu that includes&lt;br /&gt;
*** Full list of attendees, including card numbers, and cell phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Weather forcast.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Leaving and return times.&lt;br /&gt;
*** Where we are going and what route we plan to take. &lt;br /&gt;
*** Boat sail numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
** Remind everyone to use restrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sunscreen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Return&lt;br /&gt;
** Wash out the mast knuckle joint with fresh water.  Once it dries, spray graphite on it.  Otherwise the masts become very difficult to step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting to the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CharlesRiver.jpg|frame|The path to Boston Harbor on NOAA chart 13272, Boston Inner Harbor, showing 1.) the old lock, 2.) the MBTA  railroad bridge, and 3.) the current lock.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:RailroadBridge.jpg|frame|The MBTA Amtrak Bridge when open.  The Lynx with stepped mast can usually fit under this bridge, but not always.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Locks.jpg|frame|The lock filled with boats, including a Lynx 16.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Challenges on the drive to the harbor include recreational sail boats, duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats, and tight maneuvering along the way.  The chart on the right&lt;br /&gt;
shows the main obstacles:  the old locks, the railroad bridge, and the operating locks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First drive under the Longfellow Bridge.  Stay towards the center of&lt;br /&gt;
one of the channels underneath the bridge; avoid the pilings.  Don't&lt;br /&gt;
blindside boats on the other side of the bridge (especially duck&lt;br /&gt;
boats).  Make sure you can see oncoming boats before you drive under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next head towards the right side of the Science Museum towards the old&lt;br /&gt;
lock and the Craigie Drawbridge.  (Mark #1 on&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to the right.)  The channel in the old lock is somewhat&lt;br /&gt;
narrow.  Don't blindside boats when entering the channel. Duckboats&lt;br /&gt;
often come down the channel at the same time as your boat.  Always&lt;br /&gt;
pass port to port, and avoid the wall and other boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you pass the old lock, the next hazard is the MBTA railroad&lt;br /&gt;
bridge. (Mark #2 on the chart, and pictured open on the right.  This bridge has very little&lt;br /&gt;
clearance. Depending on the river level, the Lynx can often fit under&lt;br /&gt;
the bridge with the mast stepped, but not always.  The highest point&lt;br /&gt;
on the Lynx after it is stepped is the base of the mast on the bow.&lt;br /&gt;
Approach the bridge with the throttle at the lowest setting.  Have the&lt;br /&gt;
crew move towards the bow so it sits lower in the water.  About 15&lt;br /&gt;
feet away from the bridge, set the engine to neutral, and go into&lt;br /&gt;
reverse if necessary to very slowly approach the bridge.  If the boat&lt;br /&gt;
fits, the crew in the bow can draw the boat under the bridge hand over&lt;br /&gt;
hand.  If not, back off and give the signal for the bridge to be&lt;br /&gt;
opened.  The horn signal is one long blast and one short blast.&lt;br /&gt;
However often the MBTA people do not pay attention to the horn, and&lt;br /&gt;
you have to call them with a cell phone at the number posted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, drive underneath the Zakim Bridge towards the locks.  Once&lt;br /&gt;
about 100 feet away from the lock, sound two long and two short blasts&lt;br /&gt;
on the horn or whistle, to signal that you want to enter the locks, or&lt;br /&gt;
radio channel 16.  Idle the motor and wait for the green light before&lt;br /&gt;
moving forward.  This part can be tricky as there is not a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
space to maneuver and sometimes there are other boats waiting too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into the lock, make sure you have a bowline, a stern&lt;br /&gt;
line, and fenders ready to go on one side of the boat.  Once the light&lt;br /&gt;
turns green, slowly drive into the lock towards the far end.  Pull up&lt;br /&gt;
about 3/4 of the way towards the far end of the lock, and put the&lt;br /&gt;
engine in neutral.  Have your crew hold onto the lines running between&lt;br /&gt;
the cleats on the dock and the lines hanging down from above.&lt;br /&gt;
If you actually wrap your docklines around a cleat, you may be told off&lt;br /&gt;
by the lock operator! Once the door opens on the other side, release&lt;br /&gt;
the lines and drive out of the lock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raising the Mast ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the mast, first make sure all the halyards and mainsheet are&lt;br /&gt;
loose, and the forestay is clear.  Two people should walk along the&lt;br /&gt;
benches towards the bow, slowly raising the mast.  A third person&lt;br /&gt;
makes sure that the lines are not tangled, especially with the engine.  The third person also must raise the boom while the mast is lifted.&lt;br /&gt;
Once the mast is vertical, it slides down about four inches into a&lt;br /&gt;
slot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, attach the forestay.  First make sure the forestay is centered&lt;br /&gt;
on the front of the mast, and swing it around if not. With one person&lt;br /&gt;
holding up the boom, and a second person pushing forward on the mast,&lt;br /&gt;
attach the forestay pin through the turnbuckle.  If it is too tight,&lt;br /&gt;
then loosen the turnbuckle.  Once forestay is installed, put on the&lt;br /&gt;
ringding and tighten the turnbuckle.  Have someone lift up the boom,&lt;br /&gt;
and tighten it with a screwdriver and wrench until the forestay is&lt;br /&gt;
fairly tight (with the boom up).  When the boom drops back down, it&lt;br /&gt;
will be quite tight.  Make sure to put the ringdings back in the&lt;br /&gt;
turnbuckle once it is adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, raise the sail and go sailing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in the Harbor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat's draft is 4 feet 6 inches with the centerboard down (only 14 inches with centerboard up).&lt;br /&gt;
Stay in places with more than 5 feet of depth in the chart.&lt;br /&gt;
Corollary: you should know where you are in the chart at all times.&lt;br /&gt;
Abide by the rules of the road.  Avoid the huge tankers and boats with&lt;br /&gt;
limited maneuverability.  When giving way, make a decisive course&lt;br /&gt;
change so the other boat knows that you've seen them.  The waves are&lt;br /&gt;
larger in the harbor, so turn into the larger wakes.  Know how to use&lt;br /&gt;
the chart to navigate in the harbor and stay in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website is a useful reference for navigating in the harbor:&lt;br /&gt;
http://users.rcn.com/dhkaye/bosnav.html. It has pictures of the&lt;br /&gt;
different types of buoys and advice on navigation and tides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Community Boating's harbor training class notes are also useful:&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.community-boating.org/programs/adult-program/harbor-trips/harbor-trip-classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This website no longer exists. If it can be re-located, it certainly sounds useful...&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Docking at Spectacle Island ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When docking at an island, head to wind, turn on the engine, and then&lt;br /&gt;
lower the sail. Make sure the lines and fenders are ready to go before motoring into the dock. &lt;br /&gt;
Spectacle Island has a public dock. The fee is $20 if you stay over 20 minutes, and MITNA will generally reimburse this fee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can call the Spectacle Island Marina with a cell phone (508-564-1078) or VHF channel 9.  Give your&lt;br /&gt;
boat name and size and ask for a dock.  They will tell you which aisle&lt;br /&gt;
to go down, and which side the lines need to be on. But usually if you see a spot open you can just take it, and the staff will&lt;br /&gt;
tell you if they would like you to move elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
On busy days, call in advance to ensure a spot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other destinations: Georges Island, Thompson Island, Snake Island, Lovells Island, Deer Island (not an island), ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Returning Home ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When returning back to the Pavilion, lower the mast by the Coast Guard&lt;br /&gt;
station in Boston Harbor.  Return back through the locks, under the&lt;br /&gt;
railroad bridge, through the old channel and back to the pavilion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wally recommends clearing the remaining fuel in the engine.  This practice makes the engine easier to start for the next trip.  After you are back at MIT, start the engine as usual, close the fuel valve, and run the engine until it stops.  It typically runs for about five minutes until the fuel is gone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raise the mast, put the engine away, unload the boat, and return all equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact and Emergency Info ==&lt;br /&gt;
* MIT Sailing Pavillion phone: 617-253-4884, or VHF Channel 73 call &amp;quot;Beaver Lodge&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow call 1-800-4SEATOW (1-800-473-2869) or hail &amp;quot;Sea Tow&amp;quot; on channel 16 &lt;br /&gt;
* Sea Tow automated radio check: channel 27 in Winthrop, channel 26 in Gloucester&lt;br /&gt;
* Boston Police Department: 617-343-4200&lt;br /&gt;
* Cambridge Police Department: 617-349-3300&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Emergency Coast Guard Contact Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
Emergency VHF Radio Call Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure radio is on&lt;br /&gt;
# Select channel 16&lt;br /&gt;
# Press &amp;amp; hold the transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Clearly say: &amp;quot;MAYDAY MAYDAY MAYDAY.  This is&amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat vessel name 3 times:  &amp;quot;MIT Lynx #2.&amp;quot;  (Lynx number is on the sail)&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the boat:  &amp;quot;Single-masted, gaff-rigged, 16 ft. sailboat.  White sail with red numbers.&amp;quot; (describe as appropriate)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give GPS coordinates if you have a GPS phone or other device.  Otherwise, if you have a compass, give several bearings to land objects or navigation buoys.  Otherwise, give the best possible qualitative description of your location.  &lt;br /&gt;
# State nature of emergency&lt;br /&gt;
# State the help requested&lt;br /&gt;
# Give number of people on board and describe any injuries&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the seaworthiness of the boat&lt;br /&gt;
# Say &amp;quot;Over&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Release transmit button&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for 10 seconds - if NO response repeat call.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also contact the Coast Guard by telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial 911 and ask to be connected to Boston Coast Guard Emergency Center&lt;br /&gt;
* Dial Boston Coast Guard Emergency directly: (617) 223-8555.  (Telephone number retrieved from http://uscg.mil/hq/cg5/cg534/RCC_numbers.asp, 2011.05.22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://www.nauticalcharts.noaa.gov/nsd/coastpilot_w.php?book=1 Coastal Pilot, Chapter 1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contributors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document was created by Stefanie Tellex, based on extensive&lt;br /&gt;
teaching by Keith Winstein and Wally Corwin.  Additional information provided by Conan Hom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips</id>
		<title>Lynx overnight trips</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_overnight_trips"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T03:05:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Occasionally, overnight harbor trips with the [[Lynx 16]] catboats are run to camp on one of the Boston Harbor Islands. To run such a trip requires a higher level of preparation and skill than an ordinary [[Lynx harbor trips | harbor trip]]. Be sure you have one or more experienced sailors as crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where to Camp ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four islands where camping is allowed: Lovells Island, Peddocks Island, Grape Island, and Bumkin Island. The first two are significantly closer than the other two (though still a quite a bit longer sail than to Spectacle Island), which are all the way down in Quincy Bay. During the official season (Memorial Day to Labor Day), campsites must be reserved through the Reserve America online system. It can be hard to find an opening as people reserve long in advance. However, it appears that there are a large fraction of no-shows that do not cancel, so you can try just turning up and asking the ranger for a spot, which is likely to be successful according to anecdote. During the off-season, such as May and September, you can obtain a camping permit by contacting the Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation. Lovells Island is undeveloped, and has small campsites on the north end of the island, as well as a large group campsite on the south end. Peddocks Island has a visitors center with bathrooms, a church, and many military buildings, as well as a large colony of squatters in ramshackle off-grid houses. There are tent campsites as well as yurts available. There is some ferry service to each of the islands, which may be useful if some people need to arrive or leave early or late. Check the schedule carefully. Lovells Island is very close to Georges Island which has much more ferry service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Securing the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lovells Island has a dock where you can land. It is designed for ferries, not for small boats such as ours. Beware of the large tires hung along it as fenders: they are just the right height to break the wooden rubrail along the Lynx's gunwale when the boat is jostled by a big wake from a ferry going by in the channel between Lovells Island Georges Island. You can briefly stay at the dock to drop off or pick up people and gear. Then you need to anchor the boat in the area off the beach to the northwest. Be careful of the large rocks in the middle of the beach, which are submerged at high tide but visible at low tide. Consider carefully the tide at the time you anchor, as well as the current and likely future wind direction. Setting a stern anchor is a good idea. There may be a small rowing dinghy available to use to get to the dock after anchoring. It is probably better if possible not to use the dock at all, and just come up to the beach with the boats to unload and reload, as the beach is nice and sandy, with a shallow slope. In this case, you can try to anchor so close to the beach that you can just walk (or swim) out to the boat. Be careful to put the centerboard up before or as soon as it touches the bottom when you are approaching to anchor, and be especially careful not to let the outboard motor's propeller hit the bottom. Check repeatedly on the boat during your time on the island, especially in the first hour, or when there is a change in wind direction or increase in strength, to be sure the anchor is not dragging. Check at least once in the night, bringing a bright light to shine at the boat to see the situation. Bring notes on the tides and currents for reference in anchoring, as well as for piloting during your sail out and back. Boston Light is the closest tide height station. There are also [http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/currents15/tab2ac2.html#8 current stations] in the Lovells Island Narrows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preparation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to bring proper anchors. The usual ones kept in the boats are inadequate for any serious anchoring, although they can be useful as a backup stern anchor. Bring the largest ones you can find at the pavilion, in consultation with dock staff, along with a rode of a reasonable length. Think carefully about where to stow heavy gear in terms of the resulting hull trim: putting the anchor at the stern is a good idea so you don't put the bow too low, which is a problem with waves in the harbor. The water you bring with you is also significant for hull trim. Bring extra fenders for use on docks. Bail the boat as much as possible beforehand, from the cockpit as well as the internal space under the cockpit, which will help the boat's performance when heavily laden with gear, and help avoid getting your gear wet.  Bring a hand pump, a sponge, and a plastic bailer as used on Techs. Have garbage bags to put your gear (e.g. food, backpacks) in, so it does not get wet from water in the cockpit, as well as for your trash. Be sure you have batteries installed and the lights are working -- it is unwise to plan to sail at night in the harbor but it could be needed if something goes wrong! Needed camping gear can be rented from the [www.mit.edu/~mitoc MIT Outing Club]. Bringing extra navigational equipment such as a compass and a GPS is a good idea. Check the marine forecast periodically, particularly the next morning, by listening to the local WX channel on your VHF radio or checking it on a smartphone (3G signal should be fine through the harbor). Bring a spare battery for your phone or turn it off for a while if necessary, to be sure you still have battery later. Check the condition of your boat carefully before leaving, in particular that you will be able to reef properly if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Food and Water ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no running water on Lovells island. Bring at least 1 gallon of water per person. There are two barbecue grills available at the group campsite, as well as a couple on the beach, at the picnic spot on the hill, and some (but not all) of the small campsites. Bring grill implements (cleaning brush, spatula, tongs), charcoal, a lighter or matches, and lighter fluid or a firestarter chimney and newspaper. Bring a cooler with ice to keep your food cold until dinner. You could freeze meat solid to be sure it stays cold. For a second day on the island, you should probably rely on non-perishable items. Camping stoves are good for breakfast, for boiling water for coffee, oatmeal, etc. Little containers of milk or cream that don't need refrigeration are convenient for coffee or tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fires ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fires are allowed below the high tide line. You may not bring your own firewood. You are actually expected to gather your own wood, which of course should be dead wood that has fallen. You may not cut anything down! A hatchet could be convenient to cut up wood you find there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Facilities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small pavilion near the ferry dock. There is a yurt that a ranger lives in during the summer. There are two composting toilets: one at the group campsite, and one near the ranger's yurt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Island Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beach where you anchor, on the northwest side of the dock, is good for swimming, nice and sandy. There is also a designated swimming beach on the east (ocean) side of the island, which has a nice view for sunrise out to sea, with the two lighthouses in view. There are sometimes ranger-led tours of the island in the summer. It is interesting to walk around, which you can definitely spend a couple of hours doing. There is a map with info for a self-guided tour [https://www.google.com/maps/d/viewer?mid=zPghRP7N5TLw.kGrYrbceXaTM online].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Past Camping Trips ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* September 2015, Lovells Island (David Strubbe, Bill Herrington)&lt;br /&gt;
* August 2014, Lovells Island (David Strubbe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!camping-faqs/cqju&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.bostonharborislands.org/#!lovells-island/c20zp&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.nps.gov/boha/learn/historyculture/facts-love.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16</id>
		<title>Lynx 16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sailing.mit.edu/wiki/index.php/Lynx_16"/>
				<updated>2015-09-23T03:03:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dstrubbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Lynx10b.jpg|frame|The Lynx 16 under way.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MIT Sailing Pavilion has a new fleet of six 16-foot gaff-rigged boats built&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://areyspondboatyard.com/apby-built-boats/lynx-16-open-cockpit Arey's Pond Boat Yard]. &lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a traditional Cape Cod catboat, with one mast at the front of the boat and one gaff rigged sail, meaning the sail is four-sided. &lt;br /&gt;
The style is traditional for workboats off Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Other catboats at MIT include the Tech Dinghy and the Laser, but the Lynx is the only one with a gaff rig.&lt;br /&gt;
It is a great party boat because &lt;br /&gt;
it holds six to eight people, is relatively stable, and has a distinctive style. It is used for the monthly moonlight sailing nights. This document&lt;br /&gt;
describes how to rig and sail the Lynx. Other pages explain about [[Lynx harbor trips | trips to Boston Harbor]] and [[Lynx overnight trips | overnight trips]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its distinctive rig, the Lynx is a very recognizable boat.&lt;br /&gt;
As such, sailors should consider themselves ambassadors for MIT and&lt;br /&gt;
practice good seamanship, following the rules for right-of-way with&lt;br /&gt;
sailboats, motor boats, and human-powered vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aim of this page is to give detailed information on every aspect of the Lynx.  [[Lynx_16_Cheat_Sheet]] is a one-page summary with just the essentials.  Track repair, maintenance, and purchase items at [[Lynx_maintenance]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When sailing in the Charles River Basin, all the Pavilion rules apply&lt;br /&gt;
in terms of areas allowed to sail and recall signals.  The Lynx's&lt;br /&gt;
draft is shallow: 4'6&amp;quot; feet with the centerboard down, and 14&amp;quot; with&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard up, but it's still bad idea to run aground in Boston!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a good idea to keep some general guidelines in mind when sailing &lt;br /&gt;
the Lynx.  First, keep the lanes clear.  Stow all backpacks and gear &lt;br /&gt;
under the bench, so that crew can quickly move from  the back to the front &lt;br /&gt;
of the boat.  Second, make sure the mainsheet and halyards are always &lt;br /&gt;
running free; never tie them to themselves or stow them in a way that &lt;br /&gt;
cannot be quickly released.  (But never untie the stopper knots in these lines!)&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that the mainsheet sometimes gets caught on the traveler when &lt;br /&gt;
tacking or gybing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rigging the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is a gaff-rigged boat, unlike MIT's other boats.  A&lt;br /&gt;
gaff-rigged boat has a second spar called the gaff, which lies&lt;br /&gt;
parallel to the boom when the sail is down, and rises at an angle&lt;br /&gt;
above the mast when the sail is up.  This&lt;br /&gt;
rig increases the size of the sail area the mast and boom can carry,&lt;br /&gt;
with less heeling than a triangular sail, although it cannot sail as&lt;br /&gt;
close to the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prepare the Lynx for sailing, first take off the sail cover, roll&lt;br /&gt;
it up, and stow it under a bench. Take off the tiller-tamers, the&lt;br /&gt;
lines holding the tiller stationary.  Take out the boom crutch and&lt;br /&gt;
stow it under the benches.  Lower the centerboard all the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the mainsheet is not cleated or fouled. But never take the&lt;br /&gt;
stopper knots off the end of the mainsheet!  These are there to&lt;br /&gt;
prevent the mainsheet from flying out of the boat, and to prevent the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail from gybing around the front of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To raise the sail, first note that the Lynx has not one, but two&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, one to raise each end of the gaff.  The end of the gaff&lt;br /&gt;
closest to the mast is called the ''throat''; the end farthest from&lt;br /&gt;
the mast is called the ''peak''.  The corresponding halyards are&lt;br /&gt;
called the throat halyard and the peak halyard.  To raise the&lt;br /&gt;
mainsail, pull both halyards up at about the same rate.  Pull the&lt;br /&gt;
throat halyard tight as high as it will go.  Then raise the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard until the sail is smooth.  If the peak is too loose, there&lt;br /&gt;
will be horizontal wrinkles in the sail; too tight, and the sail will&lt;br /&gt;
have vertical wrinkles.  Adjust it so that there is just a hint of a&lt;br /&gt;
vertical wrinkle, as the lines will stretch once underway.  Coil the&lt;br /&gt;
halyards, laying the coils in opposite directions.  Do not finish by tying the halyard to itself, as&lt;br /&gt;
that might make it difficult to quickly lower the sail in an emergency.  Instead, reach&lt;br /&gt;
through the coil and pick up the line where it comes off the cam&lt;br /&gt;
cleat, pull the loop back through the coil, and loop it over the horn&lt;br /&gt;
cleat.  Then if the halyard needs to be lowered in a hurry, it can be&lt;br /&gt;
lifted off the cleat, dropped on the deck, and it is ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the lanes are clear in the boat: the fender should be wedged&lt;br /&gt;
under the seat, and backpacks should be pushed under the benches.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
the crew can quickly reach the front of the boat in order to lower the&lt;br /&gt;
sails or open the dry storage space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Casting Off ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When leaving the dock, pull the sail in to power up the boat and push&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller towards the dock.  It will probably be necessary to give&lt;br /&gt;
the boat a large push to get it onto the correct tack.  Make sure the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard is all the way down to make it turn as quickly as&lt;br /&gt;
possible.  Once the boat is away from the dock, stow the fender under&lt;br /&gt;
the bench. Wedge it in place so it will not move while under way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When casting off from a mooring, make sure the mooring is attached to&lt;br /&gt;
the bow cleat closest to the wall.  Switch cleats if necessary.  Pull&lt;br /&gt;
the sail all the way in and push the tiller towards the wall.  The&lt;br /&gt;
boat will power up and tack away from the wall.  Once the boat is on&lt;br /&gt;
the correct tack so that it is heading away from the wall, one person&lt;br /&gt;
should release the boat from the mooring and walk back along the wall&lt;br /&gt;
side of the boat.  This action will help the boat turn on the correct&lt;br /&gt;
tack to sail away from the wall.  The more experienced person should&lt;br /&gt;
do this job (the skipper if necessary); anyone can push the tiller&lt;br /&gt;
towards the wall, while the person handling the mooring line can make&lt;br /&gt;
or break the launch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not drop the mooring line until the boat is powered up and sailing&lt;br /&gt;
away from the wall.  If necessary, more people can help hold the line&lt;br /&gt;
and get it back on the cleat for another try.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tacking ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When tacking in the Lynx, pull in the sail and start to turn the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
The boat does not head upwind well, so do not pull in the sail too&lt;br /&gt;
far.  Make sure the centerboard is all the way down. Do not push the&lt;br /&gt;
tiller all the way over, or the boat will slow down and may get stuck&lt;br /&gt;
in irons.  Instead, push it about three quarters of the way over so&lt;br /&gt;
that the boat makes a gradual turn.  (Of course, turning too slowly&lt;br /&gt;
may also result in being stuck in irons.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do get stuck in irons,&lt;br /&gt;
leave the mainsheet loose and wait for the boat to start moving backwards,&lt;br /&gt;
then push the tiller over to the side you want to the bow to point. Once&lt;br /&gt;
the boat has turned out of irons, trim in the mainsheet to start moving forwards again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Gybing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To gybe, get on a broad reach.  Alert the crew to prepare to gybe, and&lt;br /&gt;
pull the sail in about half way.  Begin the turn; as the boat turns,&lt;br /&gt;
the crew should continue pulling in the sail.  Warn the crew as the&lt;br /&gt;
sail comes around.  Once the sail moves, let it back out and trim it&lt;br /&gt;
properly for the new course.  If the sail is pulled in too soon before&lt;br /&gt;
the turn, or not let out quickly enough after the turn, the boat will&lt;br /&gt;
develop strong weather helm and try to turn into the wind.  Because&lt;br /&gt;
the sail is so big, it is dangerous to do an uncontrolled gybe.&lt;br /&gt;
Always pull in the sail and let it back out as the boat turns.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When heading downwind, never let the sail out past the stopper knots&lt;br /&gt;
on the mainsheet.  Never remove the stopper knots from the sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Centerboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is more pleasant to sail if the centerboard is balanced with&lt;br /&gt;
the sail.  The boat can be steered with the centerboard: when it is&lt;br /&gt;
all the way down, it will have weather helm and turn towards the wind.&lt;br /&gt;
All the way up and it will have lee helm, and turn downwind. (This&lt;br /&gt;
works best if all the weight is towards the back of the boat.)  Adjust&lt;br /&gt;
the centerboard so it has a slight weather helm for the current point&lt;br /&gt;
of sail.  This adjustment will reduce the pull on the tiller and&lt;br /&gt;
reduce drag in the water caused by the centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the centerboard gets stuck.  Often it can be eased up and&lt;br /&gt;
back down or dropped quickly to get it unstuck.  Sometimes it helps to&lt;br /&gt;
tack to take the pressure off the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reefing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the wind is 12-15 knots, use the first reef.  If it's 18 knots or&lt;br /&gt;
higher, use the second.  Reefing should be done on the dock rather&lt;br /&gt;
than out in the river, although when out in the harbor it may be&lt;br /&gt;
necessary to do it at sea.  There are reefing clips at two locations&lt;br /&gt;
at the end of the boom, and a reefing hook where the boom meets the&lt;br /&gt;
mast.  The sail has rings (reefing tacks and reefing clews) at the&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding locations on the sail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reef the sail, lower both halyards.  Have someone stand on the bow&lt;br /&gt;
and lift up the lowest white ring as far up the mast as it will go. Someone&lt;br /&gt;
else can hold up the end of the boom, to help the person putting in the reef. &lt;br /&gt;
To put in the reef, first hook the clips into the reefing clew (at the end of the boom).&lt;br /&gt;
The two clips go into the corresponding rings on each side of the&lt;br /&gt;
sail.  Make sure the strap connecting the two clips is not twisted, as&lt;br /&gt;
every millimeter is necessary to put in the reef.  Put in the first&lt;br /&gt;
clip first and then stretch the sail and the clips until the second&lt;br /&gt;
one is in.  Once both clips are in, attach the reefing hook to the&lt;br /&gt;
reefing tack where the boom and the mast meet.  Make sure that&lt;br /&gt;
corresponding reef points are used: do not try to use the second reef&lt;br /&gt;
on the tack and the first reef on the clew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Landing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure the centerboard is fully down so the boat will turn sharply. &lt;br /&gt;
Let the sail out to slow the boat down, and make a sharp turn about a&lt;br /&gt;
boat-length away from the dock.  Sharp turns slow the boat down.  Have&lt;br /&gt;
a crew member ready with the bow line to step out of the boat, pass the &lt;br /&gt;
bow line through one of the loops on the edge of the dock and then &lt;br /&gt;
bring the line back to the boat and cleat the line on the bow cleat nearest &lt;br /&gt;
the dock. Don't forget to make sure that the bow line is passing through &lt;br /&gt;
the chock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Putting Away the Boat ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To put away the boat, get out the boom crutch and install it in the&lt;br /&gt;
stern. Take out any reefs that have been put in.&lt;br /&gt;
Lower both halyards; the red peak halyard will have to be&lt;br /&gt;
lowered faster than the throat halyard.  The white ''lazy jack'' lines&lt;br /&gt;
will cradle the sail, causing it to fall along the boom.  When the&lt;br /&gt;
sail and boom are all the way down, rest the boom in the crutch.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
put the sail cover on the sail, starting from the end of the boom.&lt;br /&gt;
Put the sail cover around the front of the mast but inside the two&lt;br /&gt;
halyard lines.  Tighten and coil the mainsheet and rest it on top of&lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Do not tie the mainsheet to itself - just coil it and drape it on &lt;br /&gt;
the tiller.  Put the tiller tamers on the tiller.  Raise the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Panic Moves ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lynx is self-bailing, with two drainage holes near the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard.  However, if significant water gets in the boat, pumps may be&lt;br /&gt;
located in the dry storage area in the bow.  This area also has an&lt;br /&gt;
anchor and flares for emergencies.  The boat has running lights; the&lt;br /&gt;
switch is located in the stern next to the tiller (but only works if you brought the battery).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpected events happen while sailing.  If the wind picks up suddenly&lt;br /&gt;
and the boat is overpowered, head to wind, and let the sail out.  Then&lt;br /&gt;
sail back to the dock and reef. If it's really crazy, lower the peak&lt;br /&gt;
halyard all the way to reduce the sail area (&amp;quot;scantelizing the peak&amp;quot;). See [http://www.beetlecat.com/store/Scripts/openExtra.asp?extra=79 example photo] from Beetle Cat, a similar boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the forestay breaks?  Head downwind to take pressure off the&lt;br /&gt;
stay, and then lower the sail.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about if the mainsheet gets lost?  Try to retrieve it by reaching&lt;br /&gt;
along the boom.  If the boat is heading downwind, lower the&lt;br /&gt;
centerboard all the way and turn the tiller all the way to one side to&lt;br /&gt;
turn the boat into the wind.  This action will bring the boom back&lt;br /&gt;
over the boat.  (Avoid this problem in the first place by never&lt;br /&gt;
untying the stopper knots in the mainsheet!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the boat is stuck in irons close to the wall?  Warn the crew&lt;br /&gt;
to fend off.  Have them get out the paddle and put out the&lt;br /&gt;
fender. Land facing upwind. Try to cast off by pulling in the sail and&lt;br /&gt;
pushing the boat onto the correct tack with the oar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outline for the Class ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the outline used for teaching the Lynx class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Parts of the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boat taxonomy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rigging/hoisting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tacking and jibing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Centerboard and balance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Mooring.&lt;br /&gt;
* Reefing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Panic moves.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rules of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things to remember:&lt;br /&gt;
* Never do an uncontrolled jibe. Make a big turn and tack instead if you are not certain you can jibe in a controlled manner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never untie the stopper knot at the end of the mainsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the fender when docking.&lt;br /&gt;
* Always use the chock on the dock line or the mooring line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never cleat off the halyard lines so you can quickly drop the sail if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Heavy-weather Lynx sailing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The boat will heel and give a lot of weather helm. You can try raising the centerboard somewhat to counteract this. Be ready to counteract rounding up with the tiller when you get a strong gust, and watch out to windward to be sure you do not hit anything if you do round up. The rudder will come mostly of the water if you heel hard, making you unable to stop rounding up. The solution is to counteract hard and immediately with the tiller, and also to ease the sheet, to keep the boat from heeling to a &amp;quot;point of no return&amp;quot; when you will end up in irons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can scantelize the peak if you need to reduce sail area quickly, or take one or two reefs if you have more time, to be more efficient and permanent. Be sure you are able to do this on the water in case that is necessary. You can of course &amp;quot;spill wind&amp;quot; by not sheeting in as much as you usually would, if you are overpowered. When sailing downwind with a strong wind, the bow will be pushed down hard, reducing the rudder area in the water and making it harder to steer, and also making you more likely to take waves over the bow (if in the harbor). Counteract this by moving weight of people (and heavy gear, if aboard) aft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is all the more important to control your jibes in strong winds. You can always do a &amp;quot;chicken jibe&amp;quot; (tack) if in doubt. The safest way to jibe in strong winds (if necessary) is to turn past running, to sailing by the lee briefly, before bringing the mainsail over quickly. This will make the boat be on a reach rather than a run afterward, and mean that the mainsail can be luffing slightly after the maneuver, reducing the force that it will apply on the mast, and thus both the risk of damage and the risk of excessive heeling. (This kind of jibe is good for other dinghies too, incidentally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wind will slow you down very quickly if you point into irons. Therefore it can be easier to get stuck in irons, particularly if you attempt to tack when moving slowly. Be sure to have good speed on a close-hauled course before tacking.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dstrubbe</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>